Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Atharvavedapariśiṣṭa
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Agnipurāṇa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Meghadūta
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sūryasiddhānta
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Garuḍapurāṇa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Mukundamālā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Rasaratnākara
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rājanighaṇṭu
Skandapurāṇa
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Haribhaktivilāsa
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Rasasaṃketakalikā
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 1, 4, 3, 7.0 auṣṇihīṃ tṛcāśītiṃ śaṃsaty asau vai loko
dyaur auṣṇihī tṛcāśītir yad evāmuṣmiṃlloke yaśo yan maho yan mithunaṃ yad annādyaṃ yāpacitiḥ yad devānāṃ daivaṃ tad aśnavai tad āpnavāni tad avaruṇadhai tan me 'sad iti //
AĀ, 1, 5, 2, 17.0 divīva dyām adhi naḥ śromataṃ dhā iti yatra ha kva ca brahmaṇyā vāg udyate taddhāsya kīrtir bhavati yatraivaṃ vidvān etayā paridadhāti tasmād evaṃ vidvān etayaiva paridadhyāt //
AĀ, 1, 5, 2, 17.0 divīva
dyām adhi naḥ śromataṃ dhā iti yatra ha kva ca brahmaṇyā vāg udyate taddhāsya kīrtir bhavati yatraivaṃ vidvān etayā paridadhāti tasmād evaṃ vidvān etayaiva paridadhyāt //
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 4.0 asāv eva
dyaur uktham amutaḥpradānāddhīdaṃ sarvam uttiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiñca tasyāsāv ādityo 'rko 'nnam aśītayo 'nnena hīdaṃ sarvam aśnute //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 6.0 cakṣuṣā sṛṣṭau
dyauś cādityaś ca dyaur hāsmai vṛṣṭim annādyaṃ samprayacchaty ādityo 'sya jyotiḥ prakāśaṃ karoty evam etau cakṣuḥ pitaraṃ paricarato dyauś cādityaś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 6.0 cakṣuṣā sṛṣṭau dyauś cādityaś ca
dyaur hāsmai vṛṣṭim annādyaṃ samprayacchaty ādityo 'sya jyotiḥ prakāśaṃ karoty evam etau cakṣuḥ pitaraṃ paricarato dyauś cādityaś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 6.0 cakṣuṣā sṛṣṭau dyauś cādityaś ca dyaur hāsmai vṛṣṭim annādyaṃ samprayacchaty ādityo 'sya jyotiḥ prakāśaṃ karoty evam etau cakṣuḥ pitaraṃ paricarato
dyauś cādityaś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 7.0 yāvad anu
dyaur yāvad anv ādityas tāvān asya loko bhavati nāsya tāval loko jīryate yāvad etayor na jīryate divaś cādityasya ca ya evam etāṃ cakṣuṣo vibhūtiṃ veda //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 7.0 yāvad anu dyaur yāvad anv ādityas tāvān asya loko bhavati nāsya tāval loko jīryate yāvad etayor na jīryate
divaś cādityasya ca ya evam etāṃ cakṣuṣo vibhūtiṃ veda //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 2.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ
dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhiteti māṇḍūkeya ākāśaḥ saṃhitety asya mākṣavyo vedayāṃcakre //
AĀ, 5, 1, 1, 8.1 endra yāhy upa naḥ parāvata indrāya hi
dyaur asuro anamnata pro ṣv asmai puroratham ity ato 'nurūpaḥ //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 9, 7.0 svasti naḥ pathyāsu dhanvasu svastir iddhi prapathe śreṣṭheti pathyāyāḥ svastes triṣṭubhāv agne naya supathā rāye asmān ā devānām api panthām aganmety agnes triṣṭubhau tvaṃ soma pra cikito manīṣā yā te dhāmāni
divi yā pṛthivyām iti somasya triṣṭubhāv ā viśvadevaṃ satpatiṃ ya imā viśvā jātānīti savitur gāyatryau sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasam mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānām ity aditer jagatyau //
AB, 1, 9, 7.0 svasti naḥ pathyāsu dhanvasu svastir iddhi prapathe śreṣṭheti pathyāyāḥ svastes triṣṭubhāv agne naya supathā rāye asmān ā devānām api panthām aganmety agnes triṣṭubhau tvaṃ soma pra cikito manīṣā yā te dhāmāni divi yā pṛthivyām iti somasya triṣṭubhāv ā viśvadevaṃ satpatiṃ ya imā viśvā jātānīti savitur gāyatryau sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ
dyām anehasam mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānām ity aditer jagatyau //
AB, 1, 20, 4.0 pavitraṃ te vitatam brahmaṇaspate tapoṣ pavitraṃ vitataṃ
divas pade vi yat pavitraṃ dhiṣaṇā atanvateti pūtavantaḥ prāṇās ta ime 'vāñco retasyo mūtryaḥ purīṣya ity etān evāsmiṃs tad dadhāti //
AB, 1, 21, 18.0 dyubhir aktubhiḥ pari pātam asmān ity uttamayā paridadhāti //
AB, 1, 21, 19.0 ariṣṭebhir aśvinā saubhagebhiḥ tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyaur ity etair evainaṃ tat kāmaiḥ samardhayati //
AB, 1, 22, 2.0 upa hvaye sudughāṃ dhenum etāṃ hiṃkṛṇvatī vasupatnī vasūnām abhi tvā deva savitaḥ sam ī vatsaṃ na mātṛbhiḥ saṃ vatsa iva mātṛbhir yas te stanaḥ śaśayo yo mayobhūr gaur amīmed anu vatsam miṣantaṃ namased upa sīdata saṃjānānā upa sīdann abhijñv ā daśabhir vivasvato duhanti saptaikāṃ samiddho agnir aśvinā samiddho agnir vṛṣaṇāratir
divas tad u prayakṣatamam asya karmātmanvan nabho duhyate ghṛtam paya ut tiṣṭha brahmaṇaspate 'dhukṣat pipyuṣīm iṣam upa dravapayasā godhug oṣam ā sute siñcata śriyam ā nūnam aśvinor ṛṣiḥ sam u tye mahatīr apa ity ekaviṃśatir abhirūpā yad yajñe 'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 1, 23, 1.0 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta te vā asurā imān eva lokān puro 'kurvata yathaujīyāṃso balīyāṃsa evaṃ te vā ayasmayīm evemām akurvata rajatām antarikṣaṃ hariṇīṃ
divaṃ te tathemāṃllokān puro 'kurvata te devā abruvan puro vā ime 'surā imāṃllokān akrata pura imāṃllokān pratikaravāmahā iti tatheti te sada evāsyāḥ pratyakurvatāgnīdhram antarikṣāddhavirdhāne divas te tathemāṃllokān puraḥ pratyakurvata //
AB, 1, 23, 1.0 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta te vā asurā imān eva lokān puro 'kurvata yathaujīyāṃso balīyāṃsa evaṃ te vā ayasmayīm evemām akurvata rajatām antarikṣaṃ hariṇīṃ divaṃ te tathemāṃllokān puro 'kurvata te devā abruvan puro vā ime 'surā imāṃllokān akrata pura imāṃllokān pratikaravāmahā iti tatheti te sada evāsyāḥ pratyakurvatāgnīdhram antarikṣāddhavirdhāne
divas te tathemāṃllokān puraḥ pratyakurvata //
AB, 1, 23, 2.0 te devā abruvann upasada upāyāmopasadā vai mahāpuraṃ jayantīti tatheti te yām eva prathamām upasadam upāyaṃs tayaivainān asmāllokād anudanta yāṃ dvitīyāṃ tayāntarikṣād yāṃ tṛtīyāṃ tayā
divas tāṃstathaibhyo lokebhyo 'nudanta //
AB, 1, 26, 5.0 dyāvāpṛthivyor vā eṣa garbho yat somo rājā tad yad eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāya ṛtam ṛtavādibhyo namo
dive namaḥ pṛthivyā iti prastare nihnavate dyāvāpṛthivībhyām eva tan namaskurvanty atho ene vardhayanty eva vardhayanty eva //
AB, 2, 9, 5.0 yuvam etāni
divi rocanāny agniś ca soma sakratū adhattam yuvaṃ sindhūṃr abhiśaster avadyād agnīṣomāv amuñcataṃ gṛbhītān iti vapāyai yajati //
AB, 2, 9, 7.0 ānyaṃ
divo mātariśvā jabhāreti puroᄆāśasya yajati //
AB, 3, 6, 4.0 tad u ha smāha hiraṇyadan baida etāni vā etena ṣaṭ pratiṣṭhāpayati
dyaur antarikṣe pratiṣṭhitāntarikṣam pṛthivyām pṛthivy apsv āpaḥ satye satyam brahmaṇi brahma tapasīty etā eva tat pratiṣṭhāḥ pratitiṣṭhantīr idaṃ sarvam anupratitiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiṃca pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 31, 9.0 aditir
dyaur aditir antarikṣam ity uttamayā paridadhātīyaṃ vā aditir iyaṃ dyaur iyaṃ antarikṣam //
AB, 3, 31, 9.0 aditir dyaur aditir antarikṣam ity uttamayā paridadhātīyaṃ vā aditir iyaṃ
dyaur iyaṃ antarikṣam //
AB, 3, 33, 1.0 prajāpatir vai svāṃ duhitaram abhyadhyāyad
divam ity anya āhur uṣasam ity anye tām ṛśyo bhūtvā rohitam bhūtām abhyait taṃ devā apaśyann akṛtaṃ vai prajāpatiḥ karotīti te tam aicchan ya enam āriṣyaty etam anyonyasmin nāvindaṃs teṣāṃ yā eva ghoratamās tanva āsaṃs tā ekadhā samabharaṃs tāḥ saṃbhṛtā eṣa devo 'bhavat tad asyaitad bhūtavan nāma //
AB, 3, 48, 3.0 dive caruṃ yā dyauḥ sānumatiḥ so eva gāyatry uṣase caruṃ yoṣāḥ sā rākā so eva triṣṭub gave caruṃ yā gauḥ sā sinīvālī so eva jagatī pṛthivyai caruṃ yā pṛthivī sā kuhūḥ so evānuṣṭup //
AB, 3, 48, 3.0 dive caruṃ yā
dyauḥ sānumatiḥ so eva gāyatry uṣase caruṃ yoṣāḥ sā rākā so eva triṣṭub gave caruṃ yā gauḥ sā sinīvālī so eva jagatī pṛthivyai caruṃ yā pṛthivī sā kuhūḥ so evānuṣṭup //
AB, 4, 7, 6.0 divi śukraṃ yajataṃ sūryasyeti prathamayaiva ṛcā kāṣṭhām āpnotīti //
AB, 4, 9, 9.0 sūryo no
divas pātv ity etenaiva pratipadyeta yathaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām abhipadyeta tādṛk tat //
AB, 4, 10, 11.0 mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca nas te hi dyāvāpṛthivī viśvaśambhuveti dyāvāpṛthivīye śaṃsati dyāvāpṛthivī vai pratiṣṭhe iyam eveha pratiṣṭhāsāv amutra tad yad dyāvāpṛthivīye śaṃsati pratiṣṭhayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 4, 24, 6.0 ṣaṭtriṃśadaho vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ ṣaṭtriṃśadakṣarā vai bṛhatī bṛhatyā vā etad ayanaṃ yad dvādaśāho bṛhatyā vai devā imāṃllokān āśnuvata te vai daśabhir evākṣarair imaṃ lokam āśnuvata daśabhir antarikṣam daśabhir
divaṃ caturbhiś catasro diśo dvābhyām evāsmiṃlloke pratyatiṣṭhan //
AB, 4, 24, 9.0 etayā hi devā imāṃllokān āśnuvata te vai daśabhir evākṣarair imaṃ lokam āśnuvata daśabhir antarikṣaṃ daśabhir
divaṃ caturbhiś catasro diśo dvābhyām evāsmiṃlloke pratyatiṣṭhaṃs tasmād etām bṛhatīty ācakṣate //
AB, 4, 25, 3.0 te vā ima ṛtavaś ca māsāś ca gurava ivāmanyanta dvādaśāhe pratigṛhya te 'bruvan prajāpatiṃ yājaya no dvādaśāheneti sa tathety abravīt te vai dīkṣadhvam iti te pūrvapakṣāḥ pūrve 'dīkṣanta te pāpmānam apāhata tasmāt te
diveva diveva hy apahatapāpmāno 'parapakṣā apare 'dīkṣanta te natarām pāpmānam apāhata tasmāt te tama iva tama iva hy anapahatapāpmānas tasmād evaṃ vidvān dīkṣamāṇeṣu pūrvaḥ pūrva eva didīkṣiṣeta //
AB, 4, 25, 3.0 te vā ima ṛtavaś ca māsāś ca gurava ivāmanyanta dvādaśāhe pratigṛhya te 'bruvan prajāpatiṃ yājaya no dvādaśāheneti sa tathety abravīt te vai dīkṣadhvam iti te pūrvapakṣāḥ pūrve 'dīkṣanta te pāpmānam apāhata tasmāt te diveva
diveva hy apahatapāpmāno 'parapakṣā apare 'dīkṣanta te natarām pāpmānam apāhata tasmāt te tama iva tama iva hy anapahatapāpmānas tasmād evaṃ vidvān dīkṣamāṇeṣu pūrvaḥ pūrva eva didīkṣiṣeta //
AB, 4, 27, 10.0 tato vai dyāvāpṛthivī abhavatāṃ na
dyāvāntarikṣān nāntarikṣād bhūmiḥ //
AB, 4, 30, 5.0 pra
dyāvā yajñaiḥ pṛthivī ṛtāvṛdheti dyāvāpṛthivīyam preti prathame 'hani prathamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 4, 32, 6.0 yajñasya vo rathyaṃ viśpatiṃ viśām iti vaiśvadevaṃ vṛṣā ketur yajato
dyām aśāyateti vṛṣaṇvad dvitīye 'hani dvitīyasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 1, 12.0 vāyav ā yāhi vītaye vāyo yāhi śivā
diva indraś ca vāyav eṣāṃ sutānām ā mitre varuṇe vayam aśvināv eha gacchatam ā yāhy adribhiḥ sutaṃ sajūr viśvebhir devebhir uta naḥ priyā priyāsv ity auṣṇiham praugaṃ samānodarkaṃ tṛtīye 'hani tṛtīyasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 1, 18.0 yad
dyāva indra te śataṃ yad indra yāvatas tvam iti vairūpam pṛṣṭham bhavati rāthaṃtare 'hani tṛtīye 'hani tṛtīyasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 3, 2.0 sa evaiṣa uttaras tryaho vāg ekaṃ gaur ekaṃ
dyaur ekam //
AB, 5, 5, 8.0 pra
dyāvā yajñaiḥ pṛthivī namobhir iti dyāvāpṛthivīyam preti caturthe 'hani caturthasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 12, 1.0 dyaur vai devatā ṣaṣṭham ahar vahati trayastriṃśaḥ stomo raivataṃ sāmātichandāś chando yathādevatam enena yathāstomaṃ yathāsāma yathāchandasaṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 5, 12, 5.0 stīrṇam barhir upa no yāhi vītaya ā vāṃ ratho niyutvān vakṣad avase suṣumā yātam adribhir yuvāṃ stomebhir devayanto aśvinā var maha indra vṛṣann indrāstu śrauṣaᄆ o ṣū ṇo agne śṛṇuhi tvam īᄆito ye devāso
divy ekādaśa stheyam adadād rabhasam ṛṇacyutam iti praugam pārucchepam atichandāḥ saptapadaṃ ṣaṣṭhe 'hani ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 19, 3.0 divaś cid asya varimā vi papratha iti sūktam indraṃ na mahneti mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 19, 10.0 mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na iti dyāvāpṛthivīyam mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 20, 8.0 pra vīrayā śucayo dadrire te te satyena manasā dīdhyānā
divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ pṛthivyām ā viśvavārāśvinā gataṃ no 'yaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunva ā tu pra brahmāṇo aṅgiraso nakṣanta sarasvatīṃ devayanto havanta ā no divo bṛhataḥ parvatād ā sarasvaty abhi no neṣi vasya iti praugaṃ śucivat satyavat kṣetivad gatavad okavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 20, 8.0 pra vīrayā śucayo dadrire te te satyena manasā dīdhyānā divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ pṛthivyām ā viśvavārāśvinā gataṃ no 'yaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunva ā tu pra brahmāṇo aṅgiraso nakṣanta sarasvatīṃ devayanto havanta ā no
divo bṛhataḥ parvatād ā sarasvaty abhi no neṣi vasya iti praugaṃ śucivat satyavat kṣetivad gatavad okavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 21, 11.0 pra vām mahi
dyavī abhīti dyāvāpṛthivīyaṃ śucī upa praśastaya iti śucivan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 25, 13.0 te vā etaṃ graham agṛhṇata vācaspate vidhe nāman vidhema te nāma vidhes tvam asmākaṃ nāmnā
dyāṃ gaccha yāṃ devāḥ prajāpatigṛhapataya ṛddhim arādhnuvaṃs tām ṛddhiṃ rātsyāmaḥ //
AB, 5, 32, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata prajāyeya bhūyān syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa tapas taptvemāṃllokān asṛjata pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ
divaṃ tāṃllokān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi jyotīṃṣy ajāyantāgnir eva pṛthivyā ajāyata vāyur antarikṣād ādityo divas tāni jyotīṃṣy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo vedā ajāyanta ṛgveda evāgner ajāyata yajurvedo vāyoḥ sāmaveda ādityāt tān vedān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy ajāyanta bhūr ity eva ṛgvedād ajāyata bhuva iti yajurvedāt svar iti sāmavedāt //
AB, 5, 32, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata prajāyeya bhūyān syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa tapas taptvemāṃllokān asṛjata pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ divaṃ tāṃllokān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi jyotīṃṣy ajāyantāgnir eva pṛthivyā ajāyata vāyur antarikṣād ādityo
divas tāni jyotīṃṣy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo vedā ajāyanta ṛgveda evāgner ajāyata yajurvedo vāyoḥ sāmaveda ādityāt tān vedān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy ajāyanta bhūr ity eva ṛgvedād ajāyata bhuva iti yajurvedāt svar iti sāmavedāt //
AB, 6, 7, 7.0 indreṇa rocanā
diva iti svargo vai loka indreṇa rocanā divaḥ //
AB, 6, 7, 7.0 indreṇa rocanā diva iti svargo vai loka indreṇa rocanā
divaḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 3.0 divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ devān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭāntarikṣaṃ tṛtīyam pitṝn yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyam manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa //
AB, 7, 6, 4.0 tad āhur yasyāgnayo anyair agnibhiḥ saṃsṛjyeran kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye kṣāmavate'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyaur adhā yathā naḥ pitaraḥ parāsa ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye kṣāmavate svāheti sa tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 1.0 tad āhur ya āhitāgnir āgrayaṇenāniṣṭvā navānnam prāśnīyāt kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye vaiśvānaro ajījanat pṛṣṭo
divi pṛṣṭo agniḥ pṛthivyām ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vaiśvānarāya svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 9, 3.0 tad āhur ya āhitāgnir yadi pavitraṃ naśyet kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye pavitravate 'ṣṭākapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye pavitraṃ te vitatam brahmaṇaspate tapoṣ pavitraṃ vitataṃ
divas pada iti āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye pavitravate svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 8, 23, 7.2 divam martya iva hastābhyāṃ nodāpuḥ pañca mānavā iti //
AB, 8, 27, 1.0 yo ha vai trīn purohitāṃs trīn purodhātṝn veda sa brāhmaṇaḥ purohitaḥ sa vadeta purodhāyā agnir vāva purohitaḥ pṛthivī purodhātā vāyur vāva purohito 'ntarikṣam purodhātādityo vāva purohito
dyauḥ purodhātaiṣa ha vai purohito ya evaṃ vedātha sa tirohito ya evaṃ na veda //
AB, 8, 27, 4.0 bhūr bhuvaḥ svar om amo 'ham asmi sa tvaṃ sa tvaṃ asy amo 'haṃ
dyaur aham pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāv eha saṃvahāvahai purāṇyasmāt mahābhayāt tanūr asi tanvam me pāhi //
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 2, 5, 2.0 divaṃ pṛthivīm ity abhimantryāthāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyād vāta ā vātu bheṣajam iti sūktena //
AVPr, 3, 10, 14.1 sūryaṃ te cakṣur gacchatu vāto ātmānaṃ prāṇo
dyāṃ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ śarīraiḥ vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā devāvṛdhaṃ divi hotrām airayat svāheti ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ hutvā prajāpatiḥ sarvam evedam utsṛjet /
AVPr, 3, 10, 14.1 sūryaṃ te cakṣur gacchatu vāto ātmānaṃ prāṇo dyāṃ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ śarīraiḥ vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā devāvṛdhaṃ
divi hotrām airayat svāheti ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ hutvā prajāpatiḥ sarvam evedam utsṛjet /
AVPr, 4, 1, 35.0 naṣṭe bhinne ca bhārgavo hotā kīṭāvapannaṃ sānnāyyaṃ madhyamena parṇena mahī
dyauḥ ity antaḥparidhideśe ninayet //
AVPr, 4, 1, 36.0 mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñaṃ mimikṣatāṃ pipṛtāṃ no bharīmabhiḥ svāhā iti //
AVPr, 4, 3, 6.0 madhyamena parṇena mahī
dyaur iti tad antaḥparidhideśe ninayet //
AVPr, 4, 4, 6.0 yadi hy ayaṃ divā prajāsu hi manyeta sajūr jātavedo
divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti sajūruho vā syāt sajūr agnaye divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti dvādaśarātram agnihotraṃ juhuyāt //
AVPr, 4, 4, 6.0 yadi hy ayaṃ divā prajāsu hi manyeta sajūr jātavedo divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti sajūruho vā syāt sajūr agnaye
divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti dvādaśarātram agnihotraṃ juhuyāt //
AVPr, 5, 5, 7.0 skannā
dyauḥ skannā pṛthivī skannaṃ viśvam idaṃ jagat skannādo viśve devāḥ prā skannāt prāyatāṃ havir ity abhimantryeha gāvaḥ prajāyadhvam ity anyasya pṛṣadājyasya juhuyāt paśugavā cet sruvair hutvāsrāvaṃ yāty avadānam akarmety anyasyāṃ dṛḍhatarāyāṃ śrapayeyuḥ //
AVPr, 6, 1, 8.1 kriyatāṃ śira āśvinyāḥ pratihrīyatāṃ amṛtāṁ
dyubhir aktubhiḥ paripātam asmān ariṣṭebhir aśvinā saubhagebhiḥ /
AVPr, 6, 1, 8.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyaur ity āgnīdhrīye juhuyāt //
AVPr, 6, 2, 10.2 devā udno dattodadhiṃ bhintta
divas parjanyād antarikṣāt samudrāt tato no vṛṣṭyāvata //
AVPr, 6, 2, 11.0 devā yujo mitrāvaruṇāryamā yuktaṃ devāḥ sapītayo apāṃ napāt tanūnapān narāśaṃsa udno dattodadhiṃ bhintta
divas parjanyād antarikṣāt samudrāt tato no vṛṣṭyāvateti //
AVPr, 6, 3, 1.1 abhivṛṣṭe some
dyauś ca tvā pṛthivī ca śṛṇītām antarikṣaṃ ca /
AVPr, 6, 3, 12.2 ādityās tvā tarpayantvity utsṛjya dhruvā
dyaur ity abhimantrya dhruvaṃ dhruveṇeti gṛhītvāyurdā asi dhruva iti catasṛbhir āgnīdhrīye juhuyāt //
AVPr, 6, 8, 6.0 aparāhṇikaś cet pravargyo 'bhyastam iyācchukro 'si
divo 'chata iti juhuyād vyāhṛtibhiś ca //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 7, 1.2 taṃ tvā yaumi brahmaṇā deva divya namas te astu
divi te sadhastham //
AVP, 1, 7, 2.1 diva spṛṣṭo yajataḥ sūryatvag avayātā haraso daivyasya /
AVP, 1, 12, 3.1 dyauṣ ṭe pitā pṛthivī mātā jarāṃ mṛtyuṃ kṛṇutāṃ dīrgham āyuḥ /
AVP, 1, 14, 3.1 ye devā
divi ṣṭha ye pṛthivyāṃ ye antarikṣa oṣadhīṣv apsu /
AVP, 1, 25, 3.1 yāsāṃ devā
divi kṛṇvanti bhakṣaṃ yā antarikṣe bahudhā bhavanti /
AVP, 1, 27, 2.1 abhayaṃ
dyāvāpṛthivī ihāstu no agnināmitrān praty oṣata pratīcaḥ /
AVP, 1, 73, 1.1 divas pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣād vanaspatibhyo adhy oṣadhībhyaḥ /
AVP, 1, 74, 2.1 mūrdhā
divo antarikṣasya mūrdhā mūrdhā sindhūnām uta parvatānām /
AVP, 1, 78, 3.1 adhi bravītu pṛthivī uta
dyaur adhi bruvantu marutaḥ pṛśnimātaraḥ /
AVP, 1, 88, 4.2 bṛhaspataye mahiṣāya
dive namo viśvakarman namas te pāhy asmān //
AVP, 1, 91, 4.2 teṣām īśāne vaśinī no adya pra dattāṃ
dyāvāpṛthivī ahṛṇīyamāne //
AVP, 1, 96, 4.1 duhāṃ me
dyauḥ pṛthivī payo 'jagaro mā sodako 'bhi vi sarpatu /
AVP, 1, 110, 3.1 varcaso
dyāvāpṛthivī saṃgrahaṇī babhūvatur varco gṛhītvā pṛthivīm anu saṃ carema /
AVP, 4, 1, 1.2 sa dādhāra pṛthivīṃ
dyām utāmuṃ tasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVP, 4, 1, 4.1 yena
dyaur ugrā pṛthivī ca dṛḍhā yena sva stabhitaṃ yena nākaḥ /
AVP, 4, 1, 5.1 ya ime
dyāvāpṛthivī tastabhāne adhārayad avasā rejamāne /
AVP, 4, 3, 2.1 yebhiḥ śilpaiḥ paprathānām adṛṃho yebhir
divam abhyapiṃśaḥ pravidvān /
AVP, 4, 3, 6.1 anu tvā mitrāvaruṇehāvatām anu
dyāvāpṛthivī oṣadhībhiḥ /
AVP, 4, 3, 7.1 dyauś ca tvā pṛthivī ca pracetasau śukro bṛhan dakṣiṇā tvā pipartu /
AVP, 4, 11, 6.1 dyāvāpṛthivī hṛdayaṃ sasūvatur yenedaṃ tvaṣṭā vikṛṇoti dhīraḥ /
AVP, 4, 18, 7.1 satyo agniḥ satyā āpaḥ satyeme
dyāvāpṛthivī viśvaśaṃbhuvau /
AVP, 4, 27, 1.1 divas pṛṣṭhe madhupṛcaḥ suparṇāḥ pañcāśat te bhuvanasya gopāḥ /
AVP, 4, 28, 7.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
AVP, 4, 35, 4.1 apaḥ samudrād
divam ud vahanti divas pṛthivīm abhi ye sṛjanti /
AVP, 4, 35, 4.1 apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahanti
divas pṛthivīm abhi ye sṛjanti /
AVP, 4, 36, 1.1 manve vāṃ
dyāvāpṛthivī subhojasau ye aprathethām amitā yojanāni /
AVP, 4, 36, 7.2 staumi
dyāvāpṛthivī nāthito johavīmi te no muñcatam aṃhasaḥ //
AVP, 5, 2, 4.1 mahān mahī askabhāyad vi jāto
dyāṃ dvitaḥ pārthivaṃ ca rajaḥ /
AVP, 5, 2, 6.1 sa hi
divaḥ sa pṛthivyā ṛteṣṭhā mahi kṣāman rajasī vi ṣkabhāyati /
AVP, 5, 5, 3.0 dyaur vaśā sā sūryaṃ garbhaṃ dadhe semaṃ pāhi tasyai te vidheyaṃ tasyai te namas tasmai te svāhā //
AVP, 5, 6, 1.1 sapta sūryā
divam anupraviṣṭās tān pathā vā anv eti dakṣiṇāvān /
AVP, 5, 6, 4.1 dyauḥ sacate 'parāñ janāsaḥ pañcānye paro diva ā kṣiyanti /
AVP, 5, 6, 4.1 dyauḥ sacate 'parāñ janāsaḥ pañcānye paro
diva ā kṣiyanti /
AVP, 5, 6, 4.2 tāṃ brahma
divaṃ bṛhad ā viveśa yas tān praveda prataram atīryata //
AVP, 5, 13, 3.1 ye samudram airayan ye ca sindhuṃ ye 'ntarikṣaṃ pṛthivīm uta
dyām /
AVP, 5, 14, 1.1 bhūtyā mukham asi satyasya raśmir uccaiḥśloko
divaṃ gaccha /
AVP, 5, 14, 7.1 uccaiḥ suparṇo
divam ut patāmuṃ priyaṃ devebhyo mā kṛṇv ṛṣibhyaḥ pari dehi mām /
AVP, 5, 16, 1.1 dyauś cemaṃ yajñaṃ pṛthivī ca saṃ duhātāṃ mātariśvā pavamānaḥ purastāt /
AVP, 5, 21, 1.1 dyauś ca naḥ pitā pṛthivī ca mātāgniś ca nṛcakṣā jātavedāḥ /
AVP, 5, 22, 1.1 yau hemantaṃ svāpayatho balenārvāg devebhya uta yau paro
divaḥ /
AVP, 5, 27, 3.1 yāvatī
dyāvāpṛthivī varimṇā yāvad vā sapta sindhavo mahitvā /
AVP, 10, 7, 3.1 tisro
divas tisraḥ pṛthivīs trīṇy antarikṣāṇi caturaḥ samudrān /
AVP, 10, 8, 1.1 ye devā
divy ekādaśa stha te devāso havir idaṃ juṣadhvam //
AVP, 10, 9, 5.2 dyāvāpṛthivī payasā payasvatī ṛtāvarī yajñiye mā punītām //
AVP, 10, 10, 2.2 divainān raśmibhir jahi rātryaināṃs tamasā vadhīs te yantv adhamaṃ tamaḥ //
AVP, 10, 13, 1.0 dyāvāpṛthivī saṃ nahyethāṃ mama rāṣṭrāya jayantī amitrebhyo hetim asyantī //
AVP, 12, 9, 7.1 vaśā sasūva sthaviraṃ vipaścitaṃ vaśā sasūva baṣkayaṃ
divispṛśam /
AVP, 12, 12, 4.2 āt sūryaṃ janayan
dyām uṣāsaṃ tādītnā śatruṃ na kilā vivitse //
AVP, 12, 14, 2.2 yo antarikṣaṃ vimame varīyo yo
dyām astabhnāt sa janāsa indraḥ //
AVP, 12, 15, 3.2 yo rauhiṇam asphurad vajrabāhur
dyām ārohantaṃ sa janāsa indraḥ //
AVP, 12, 15, 4.1 dyāvā cid asmai pṛthivī namete śuṣmāc cid asya parvatā bhayante /
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 1, 30, 3.1 ye devā
divi ṣṭha ye pṛthivyāṃ ye antarikṣa oṣadhīṣu paśuṣv apsv antaḥ /
AVŚ, 1, 33, 3.1 yāsāṃ devā
divi kṛṇvanti bhakṣaṃ yā antarikṣe bahudhā bhavanti /
AVŚ, 2, 2, 1.2 taṃ tvā yaumi brahmaṇā divya deva namas te astu
divi te sadhastham //
AVŚ, 2, 2, 2.1 divi spṛṣṭo yajataḥ sūryatvag avayātā haraso daivyasya /
AVŚ, 2, 12, 6.2 tapūṃṣi tasmai vṛjināni santu brahmadviṣaṃ
dyaur abhisaṃtapāti //
AVŚ, 2, 34, 5.2 divaṃ gacha prati tiṣṭhā śarīraiḥ svargaṃ yāhi pathibhir devayānaiḥ //
AVŚ, 3, 23, 6.1 yāsām
dyauḥ pitā pṛthivī mātā samudro mūlaṃ vīrudhāṃ babhūva /
AVŚ, 4, 1, 4.2 mahān mahī askabhāyad vi jāto
dyāṃ sadma pārthivaṃ ca rajaḥ //
AVŚ, 4, 2, 4.1 yasya
dyaur urvī pṛthivī ca mahī yasyāda urv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 4, 2, 7.2 sa dādhāra pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVŚ, 4, 11, 1.1 anaḍvān dādhāra pṛthivīm uta
dyām anaḍvān dādhārorv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 4, 14, 3.1 pṛṣṭhāt pṛthivyā aham antarikṣam āruham antarikṣād
divam āruham /
AVŚ, 4, 15, 10.2 sa no varṣaṃ vanutāṃ jātavedāḥ prāṇaṃ prajābhyo amṛtaṃ
divas pari //
AVŚ, 4, 16, 3.1 uteyaṃ bhūmir varuṇasya rājña utāsau
dyaur bṛhatī dūreantā /
AVŚ, 4, 16, 4.1 uta yo
dyām atisarpāt parastān na sa mucyātai varuṇasya rājñaḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 27, 4.1 apaḥ samudrād
divam ud vahanti divas pṛthivīm abhi ye sṛjanti /
AVŚ, 4, 27, 4.1 apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahanti
divas pṛthivīm abhi ye sṛjanti /
AVŚ, 4, 30, 7.2 tato vi tiṣṭhe bhuvanāni viśvotāmūṃ
dyāṃ varṣmaṇopa spṛśāmi //
AVŚ, 4, 34, 4.2 rathī ha bhūtvā rathayāna īyate pakṣī ha bhūtvāti
divaḥ sam eti //
AVŚ, 4, 34, 5.1 eṣa yajñānāṃ vitato vahiṣṭho viṣṭāriṇaṃ paktvā
divam ā viveśa /
AVŚ, 4, 35, 3.2 yo astabhnād
divam ūrdhvo mahimnā tenaudanenāti tarāṇi mṛtyum //
AVŚ, 4, 39, 5.2 yathā
divyādityāya samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 3.1 sahasradhāra eva te sam asvaran
divo nāke madhujihvā asaścataḥ /
AVŚ, 5, 13, 1.1 dadir hi mahyaṃ varuṇo
divaḥ kavir vacobhir ugrair ni riṇāmi te viṣam /
AVŚ, 5, 28, 2.1 agniḥ sūryaś candramā bhūmir āpo
dyaur antarikṣaṃ pradiśo diśaś ca /
AVŚ, 6, 3, 1.2 apāṃ napāt sindhavaḥ sapta pātana pātu no viṣṇur uta
dyauḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 22, 1.1 kṛṣṇaṃ niyānaṃ harayaḥ suparṇā apo vasānā
divam ut patanti /
AVŚ, 6, 49, 3.1 suparṇā vācam akratopa
dyavy ākhare kṛṣṇā iṣirā anartiṣuḥ /
AVŚ, 6, 53, 1.1 dyauś ca ma idaṃ pṛthivī ca pracetasau śukro bṛhan dakṣiṇayā pipartu /
AVŚ, 6, 61, 2.1 ahaṃ viveca pṛthivīm uta
dyām aham ṛtūṃr ajanayaṃ sapta sākam /
AVŚ, 6, 61, 3.1 ahaṃ jajāna pṛthivīm uta
dyām aham ṛtūṃr ajanayaṃ sapta sindhūn /
AVŚ, 6, 80, 3.1 apsu te janma
divi te sadhasthaṃ samudre antar mahimā te pṛthivyām /
AVŚ, 6, 120, 1.1 yad antarikṣaṃ pṛthivīm uta
dyām yan mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima /
AVŚ, 6, 120, 2.2 dyaur naḥ pitā pitryācchaṃ bhavāti jāmim ṛtvā māva patsi lokāt //
AVŚ, 6, 125, 2.1 divas pṛthivyāḥ pary oja udbhṛtaṃ vanaspatibhyaḥ pary ābhṛtaṃ sahaḥ /
AVŚ, 6, 126, 1.1 upa śvāsaya pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ purutrā te vanvatāṃ viṣṭhitam jagat /
AVŚ, 7, 1, 2.2 sa
dyām aurṇod antarikṣaṃ svaḥ sa idaṃ viśvam abhavat sa ābhavat //
AVŚ, 7, 6, 1.1 aditir
dyaur aditir antarikṣam aditir mātā sa pitā sa putraḥ /
AVŚ, 7, 6, 3.1 sutrāmāṇaṃ pṛthivīṃ
dyām anehasaṃ suśarmāṇam aditiṃ supraṇītim /
AVŚ, 7, 9, 1.1 prapathe pathām ajaniṣṭa pūṣā prapathe
divaḥ prapathe pṛthivyāḥ /
AVŚ, 7, 14, 3.2 athāsmabhyaṃ savitar vāryāṇi
divodiva ā suvā bhūri paśvaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 14, 3.2 athāsmabhyaṃ savitar vāryāṇi
divodiva ā suvā bhūri paśvaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 21, 1.1 sameta viśve vacasā patiṃ
diva eko vibhūr atithir janānām /
AVŚ, 7, 73, 1.1 samiddho agnir vṛṣaṇā rathī
divas tapto gharmo duhyate vām iṣe madhu /
AVŚ, 7, 73, 4.2 mādhvī dhartārā vidathasya satpatī taptaṃ gharmaṃ pibatam
divaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 97, 4.2 vahamānā bharamāṇāḥ svā vasūni vasuṃ gharmaṃ
divam ā rohatānu //
AVŚ, 7, 97, 8.2 svāhā
divi svāhā pṛthivyāṃ svāhāntarikṣe svāhā vāte dhāṃ svāhā //
AVŚ, 8, 1, 12.1 mā tvā kravyād abhi maṃstārāt saṃkasukāc cara rakṣatu tvā
dyau rakṣatu /
AVŚ, 8, 4, 4.1 indrāsomā vartayataṃ
divo vadhaṃ saṃ pṛthivyā aghaśaṃsāya tarhaṇam /
AVŚ, 8, 4, 5.1 indrāsomā vartayataṃ
divas pary agnitaptebhir yuvam aśmahanmabhiḥ /
AVŚ, 8, 4, 19.1 pra vartaya
divo 'śmānam indra somaśitaṃ maghavant saṃ śiśādhi /
AVŚ, 8, 7, 2.2 yāsām
dyauḥ pitā pṛthivī mātā samudro mūlaṃ vīrudhāṃ babhūva //
AVŚ, 8, 9, 6.1 vaiśvānarasya pratimopari
dyaur yāvad rodasī vibabādhe agniḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 1.1 divas pṛthivyā antarikṣāt samudrād agner vātān madhukaśā hi jajñe /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 20.1 stanayitnus te vāk prajāpate vṛṣā śuṣmaṃ kṣipasi bhūmyāṃ
divi /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 21.1 pṛthivī daṇḍo 'ntarikṣaṃ garbho
dyauḥ kaśā vidyut prakaśo hiraṇyayo binduḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 2, 21.1 yāvatīr diśaḥ pradiśo viṣūcīr yāvatīr āśā abhicakṣaṇā
divaḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 3, 15.1 antarā
dyāṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca yad vyacas tena śālāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi ta imām /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 21.2 ayaṃ dhenuṃ sudughāṃ nityavatsāṃ vaśaṃ duhāṃ vipaścitaṃ paro
divaḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 5, 15.2 stabhān pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ nākasya pṛṣṭhe 'dhi saptaraśmau //
AVŚ, 9, 5, 20.1 ajo vā idam agne vy akramata tasyora iyam abhavad
dyauḥ pṛṣṭham /
AVŚ, 9, 6, 56.1 sa upahūto 'ntarikṣe bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yad
divi viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 6, 57.1 sa upahūto
divi bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yad divi viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 6, 57.1 sa upahūto divi bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yad
divi viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 6, 58.1 sa upahūto deveṣu bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yad
divi viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 6, 59.1 sa upahūto lokeṣu bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yad
divi viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 7, 2.0 somo rājā mastiṣko
dyaur uttarahanuḥ pṛthivy adharahanuḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 9, 10.2 mantrayante
divo amuṣya pṛṣṭhe viśvavido vācam aviśvavinnām //
AVŚ, 9, 9, 12.1 pañcapādaṃ pitaraṃ dvādaśākṛtiṃ
diva āhuḥ pare ardhe purīṣiṇam /
AVŚ, 9, 9, 13.1 dvādaśāraṃ nahi taj jarāya varvarti cakraṃ pari
dyām ṛtasya /
AVŚ, 9, 10, 3.1 jagatā sindhuṃ
divy askabhāyad rathaṃtare sūryaṃ pary apaśyat /
AVŚ, 9, 10, 12.1 dyaur naḥ pitā janitā nābhir atra bandhur no mātā pṛthivī mahīyam /
AVŚ, 10, 2, 8.2 citvā cityaṃ hanvoḥ pūruṣasya
divaṃ ruroha katamaḥ sa devaḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 5, 27.2 divam anu vi krame 'haṃ divas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 27.2 divam anu vi krame 'haṃ
divas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 7, 3.2 kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty āhitā
dyauḥ kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty uttaraṃ divaḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 3.2 kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty āhitā dyauḥ kasminn aṅge tiṣṭhaty uttaraṃ
divaḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 44.1 ime mayūkhā upa tastabhur
divaṃ sāmāni cakrus tasarāṇi vātave //
AVŚ, 11, 1, 37.1 yena devā jyotiṣā
dyām udāyan brahmaudanaṃ paktvā sukṛtasya lokam /
AVŚ, 11, 2, 10.1 tava catasraḥ pradiśas tava
dyaus tava pṛthivī tavedam ugrorv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 11, 3, 11.1 iyam eva pṛthivī kumbhī bhavati rādhyamānasyaudanasya
dyaur apidhānam //
AVŚ, 11, 5, 4.1 iyaṃ samit pṛthivī
dyaur dvitīyotāntarikṣaṃ samidhā pṛṇāti /
AVŚ, 11, 5, 8.1 ācāryas tatakṣa nabhasī ubhe ime urvī gambhīre pṛthivīṃ
divaṃ ca /
AVŚ, 11, 5, 9.1 imāṃ bhūmiṃ pṛthivīṃ brahmacārī bhikṣām ā jabhāra prathamo
divaṃ ca /
AVŚ, 11, 5, 10.1 arvāg anyaḥ paro anyo
divas pṛṣṭhād guhā nidhī nihitau brāhmaṇasya /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 20.1 trayo lokāḥ saṃmitā brāhmaṇena
dyaur evāsau pṛthivy antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 25.1 pūtāḥ pavitraiḥ pavante abhrād
divaṃ ca yanti pṛthivīṃ ca lokān /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 26.1 āyanti
divaḥ pṛthivīṃ sacante bhūmyāḥ sacante adhy antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 13, 1, 8.2 divaṃ rūḍhvā mahatā mahimnā saṃ te rāṣṭram anaktu payasā ghṛtena //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 9.1 yās te ruhaḥ praruho yās ta āruho yābhir āpṛṇāsi
divam antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 13, 1, 25.2 yo viṣṭabhnāti pṛthivīṃ
divaṃ ca tasmād devā adhi sṛṣṭīḥ sṛjante //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 34.1 divaṃ ca roha pṛthivīṃ ca roha rāṣṭraṃ ca roha draviṇaṃ ca roha /
AVŚ, 13, 2, 4.2 srutād yam atrir
divam unnināya taṃ tvā paśyanti pariyāntam ājim //
AVŚ, 13, 2, 5.2 divaṃ ca sūrya pṛthivīṃ ca devīm ahorātre vimimāno yad eṣi //
AVŚ, 13, 2, 8.2 amoci śukro rajasaḥ parastād vidhūya devas tamo
divam āruhat //
AVŚ, 13, 2, 30.1 rocase
divi rocase antarikṣe pataṅga pṛthivyāṃ rocase rocase apsv antaḥ /
AVŚ, 13, 2, 36.1 uccā patantam aruṇaṃ suparṇaṃ madhye
divas taraṇiṃ bhrājamānam /
AVŚ, 13, 2, 37.1 divas pṛṣṭhe dhāvamānaṃ suparṇam adityāḥ putraṃ nāthakāma upayāmi bhītaḥ /
AVŚ, 13, 2, 45.1 pary asya mahimā pṛthivīṃ samudraṃ jyotiṣā vibhrājan pari
dyām antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 13, 3, 9.1 kṛṣṇaṃ niyānaṃ harayaḥ suparṇā apo vasānā
divam utpatanti /
AVŚ, 13, 3, 13.2 sa savitā bhūtvāntarikṣeṇa yāti sa indro bhūtvā tapati madhyato
divam /
AVŚ, 13, 3, 16.1 śukraṃ vahanti harayo raghuṣyado devaṃ
divi varcasā bhrājamānam /
AVŚ, 13, 3, 16.2 yasyordhvā
divaṃ tanvas tapanty arvāṅ suvarṇaiḥ paṭarair vibhāti /
AVŚ, 13, 3, 21.1 nimrucas tisro vyuṣo ha tisras trīṇi rajāṃsi
divo aṅga tisraḥ /
AVŚ, 13, 3, 23.1 tvam agne kratubhiḥ ketubhir hito 'rkaḥ samiddha udarocathā
divi /
AVŚ, 14, 2, 69.2 tan mā prāpat pṛthivīṃ mota devān
divaṃ mā prāpad urv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 14, 2, 71.1 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sāmāham asmy ṛk tvaṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvam /
AVŚ, 15, 4, 6.2 śaiśirau māsau goptārāv akurvan
divaṃ cādityaṃ cānuṣṭhātārau /
AVŚ, 15, 4, 6.3 śaiśirāvenaṃ māsāv ūrdhvāyā diśo gopāyato
dyauś cādityaś cānutiṣṭhato ya evaṃ veda //
AVŚ, 17, 1, 8.2 hitvāśastiṃ
divam ārukṣa etāṃ sa no mṛḍa sumatau te syāma taved viṣṇo bahudhā vīryāni /
AVŚ, 17, 1, 10.2 ārohaṃs tridivaṃ
divo gṛṇānaḥ somapītaye priyadhāmā svastaye taved viṣṇo bahudhā vīryāni /
AVŚ, 17, 1, 12.2 adabdhena brahmaṇā vāvṛdhānaḥ sa tvaṃ na indra
divi saṃ śarma yaccha taved viṣṇo bahudhā vīryāṇi /
AVŚ, 18, 1, 2.2 mahas putrāso asurasya vīrā
divo dhartāra urviyā parikhyan //
AVŚ, 18, 1, 5.2 nakir asya praminanti vratāni veda nāv asya pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 1, 24.2 iṣaṃ dadhāno vahamāno aśvair ā sa dyumāṁ amavān bhūṣati
dyūn //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 7.1 sūryaṃ cakṣuṣā gaccha vātam ātmanā
divaṃ ca gaccha pṛthivīṃ ca dharmabhiḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 9.1 yās te śocayo raṃhayo jātavedo yābhir āpṛṇāsi
divam antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 35.1 ye agnidagdhā ye anagnidagdhā madhye
divaḥ svadhayā mādayante /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 49.2 ya ākṣiyanti pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ tebhyaḥ pitṛbhyo namasā vidhema //
AVŚ, 18, 3, 25.1 indro mā marutvān prācyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 26.1 dhātā mā nirṛtyā dakṣiṇāyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyāṃ ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 27.1 aditir mādityaiḥ pratīcyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 28.1 somo mā viśvair devair udīcyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 29.1 dhartā ha tvā dharuṇo dhārayātā ūrdhvaṃ bhānuṃ savitā
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 30.1 prācyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 31.1 dakṣiṇāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 32.1 pratīcyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 33.1 udīcyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 34.1 dhruvāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 35.1 ūrdhvāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā pṛthivī
dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 65.2 divaś cid antād upa mām ud ānaḍ apām upasthe mahiṣo vavardha //
AVŚ, 18, 4, 5.1 juhūr dādhāra
dyām upabhṛd antarikṣaṃ dhruvā dādhāra pṛthivīṃ pratiṣṭhām /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 6.2 juhu
dyāṃ gaccha yajamānena sākaṃ sruveṇa vatsena diśaḥ prapīnāḥ sarvā dhukṣvāhṛṇīyamānaḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 4, 28.1 drapsaś caskanda pṛthivīm anu
dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 58.1 vṛṣā matīnāṃ pavate vicakṣaṇaḥ sūro ahnāṃ pratarītoṣasāṃ
divaḥ /
AVŚ, 19, 35, 4.1 pari mā
divaḥ pari mā pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣāt pari mā vīrudbhyaḥ /
Atharvavedapariśiṣṭa
AVPariś, 32, 1.1 oṃ bhūs tat savituḥ śaṃ no devīḥ śāntā
dyauḥ śaṃ na indrāgnī śaṃ no vāto vātu uṣā apa svasus tama iti śāntigaṇaḥ //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.1 pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.2 antarikṣasamantasya te vāyur upaśrotā yajūṃṣi te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.3 dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā sāmāni te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti //
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.3 dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā sāmāni te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti //
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 42.1 athaināṃ pariṣvajaty amūham asmi sā tvaṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ reto 'haṃ retobhṛt tvaṃ mano 'hamasmi vāk tvaṃ sāmāhamasmi ṛktvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 1, 11.2 dyauste pṛṣṭhaṃ rakṣatu vāyurūrū aśvinau ca stanaṃ dhayantaṃ savitābhirakṣatu /
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 33.1 vāstumadhye vāstoṣpataye svāhā pṛthivyai svāhā antarikṣāya svāhā
dive svāhā sūryāya svāhā candramase svāhā nakṣatrebhyaḥ svāhā adbhyaḥ svāhā oṣadhībhyaḥ svāhā vanaspatibhyaḥ svāhā carācarebhyaḥ svāhā pariplavebhyaḥ svāhā sarīsṛpebhyaḥ svāhā deśebhyaḥ svāhā kālebhyaḥ svāhā lokebhyaḥ svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhā ṛṣibhyaḥ svāhā vasubhyaḥ svāhā rudrebhyaḥ svāhā ādityebhyaḥ svāhā indrāya svāhā bṛhaspataye svāhā prajāpataye svāhā brahmaṇe svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 36.1 māṃsodanaṃ pātreṣūddhṛtya viśeṣān upanikṣipya hutaśeṣena saṃsṛjya dakṣiṇāgreṣu darbheṣu sādayitvā dakṣiṇāgraiḥ darbhaiḥ praticchādyābhimṛśati pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ pitāmahānāṃ prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 31.0 pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṣicya vyāhṛtibhir vaikaṅkatīḥ samidho 'bhyādhāya madantībhiḥ pravargyadevatābhyaḥ tarpayitvā catasra audumbarīḥ samidho 'pariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtābhyaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati
dyauḥ samid ity etaiḥ pratimantram //
BaudhGS, 3, 6, 1.0 atha yady agāre sthūṇā virohet kapoto vāgāramadhye 'dhipatet vāyaso vā gṛhaṃ praviśet gaur vā gāṃ dhayet gaur ātmānaṃ pratidhayet anaḍvān vā
divam ullikhet anagnau vā dhūmo jāyeta anagnau vā dīpyeta madhu vā jāyeta valmīkaṃ vopajāyeta niryāsaṃ vopajāyeta chatrākaṃ vopajāyeta maṇḍūko vābbhriṇe vāśayet śvānaprasūto vā sarpo vā gṛhapatiṃ jāyāṃ vopatapadvindetānyeṣu adbhutotpāteṣu //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 7.1 teṣu sāṃnāyyatapanīm adhiśrayati
dyaur asi pṛthivy asi viśvadhāyā asi parameṇa dhāmnā dṛṃhasva mā hvār iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 3.0 tasminn udīcīnakumbāṃ śamyāṃ nidadhāti
diva skambhanir asi prati tvādityās tvag vettviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 4.0 tasyāṃ prācīṃ dṛṣadam adhyūhati dhiṣaṇāsi parvatyā prati tvā
diva skambhanir vettviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 10.0 athāparārdhyam upadadhāti dharuṇam asi
divaṃ dṛṃha cakṣur dṛṃha śrotraṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 19.0 hṛtvotkare nivapati badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug ararus te
divaṃ mā skān ity atrānuvartayati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 22.0 atha karaṇaṃ japatīmāṃ narāḥ kṛṇuta vedim etya vasumatīṃ rudravatīm ādityavatīm
divo nābhā pṛthivyā yathāyaṃ yajamāno na riṣyed iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 13.0 athaitāni sruksaṃmārjanāny adbhiḥ saṃsparśya gārhapatye 'nupraharati
divaḥ śilpam avatataṃ pṛthivyāḥ kakudbhiḥ śritaṃ tena vayaṃ sahasravalśena sapatnaṃ nāśayāmasi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 7.0 tad antarvedi purogranthyāsādya prokṣati
dive tvety agrāṇi antarikṣāya tveti madhyāni pṛthivyai tveti mūlāni //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 18.0 athainaṃ sruvam agreṇa srucaḥ paryāhṛtya dakṣiṇena juhūṃ prastare sādayati syono me sīda suṣadaḥ pṛthivyām prathayi prajayā paśubhiḥ suvarge loke
divi sīda pṛthivyām antarikṣe 'ham uttaro bhūyāsam adhare mat sapatnā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 20.0 tam uparīva prāñcaṃ praharati nāty agraṃ praharati na purastāt pratyasyati na pratiśṛṇāti na viṣvañcaṃ viyauty ūrdhvam udyauti āpyāyantām āpa oṣadhayo marutāṃ pṛṣataya stha
divaṃ gaccha tato no vṛṣṭim erayeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 20, 25.0 aparaṃ caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvānvāhāryapacana evedhmapravraścanāny abhyādhāya phalīkaraṇān opya phalīkaraṇahomaṃ juhoty agne 'dabdhāyo 'śītatano pāhi mādya
divaḥ pāhi prasityai pāhi duriṣṭyai pāhi duradmanyai pāhi duścaritād aviṣaṃ naḥ pituṃ kṛṇu suṣadā yoniṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 14.0 prāñcaṃ vodañcaṃ vā prayāntam anumantrayate
divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ madhyena mā hiṃsīḥ pṛthivyā saṃbhava iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 13.0 tam uttareṇāhavanīyaṃ tiṣṭhan parāñcaṃ prokṣati pṛthivyai tvā antarikṣāya tvā
dive tvā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 12.0 ekādaśānūyājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya juhvāṃ svarum avadhāya purastāt pratyaṅ tiṣṭhañ juhoti
divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu antarikṣam arciḥ pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇasva svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 7.0 atha vaiyāghryāv upānahāv upamuñcate
dyaur asīti dakṣiṇe pāde pṛthivy asīty uttare //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 14, 1.7 dyaus te pṛṣṭhaṃ rakṣatu vāyur ūrū aśvinau ca stanaṃ dhayantaṃ savitābhirakṣatu /
BhārGS, 1, 20, 1.0 athaināṃ tūṣṇīṃ hiṃkṛtya vāgyata upetyāmūham asmi sā tvaṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāyeti //
BhārGS, 2, 11, 4.5 divā digbhir anantābhir ūtibhir antar anyaṃ pitāmahād dadhe 'muṣmai svāhā /
BhārGS, 2, 13, 1.1 etat te prapitāmahāsau madhumad annaṃ sarasvato yāvān ādityaś ca
dyauś ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ bhūtāṃ dadāmi yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ tvaṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīva yāṃś ca tvam atrānv asi ye ca tvām anu /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.2 te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke pṛthivī samā tasyāgnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.3 pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke antarikṣaṃ samaṃ tasya vāyur upadraṣṭā sāmāni te mahimā /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.4 pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke dyauḥ samā tasyāditya upadraṣṭā yajūṃṣi te mahimeti //
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.4 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke
dyauḥ samā tasyāditya upadraṣṭā yajūṃṣi te mahimeti //
BhārGS, 2, 22, 7.1 uditeṣu nakṣatreṣūpānahāv upamuñcate
dyaur asīti dakṣiṇāṃ pṛthivyasīty uttarām //
BhārGS, 2, 28, 6.5 prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsau pṛthivyām agnau pratitiṣṭha vāyāv antarikṣe sūrye
divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyuḥ sūryaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim anusaṃcarāsau /
BhārGS, 2, 30, 11.1 yady enam avarṣe pruṣitam avavarṣet tad anumantrayate
divo nu mā bṛhato antarikṣād apāṃ stoko abhyapatacchivena sam indriyeṇa manasāham āgāṃ brahmaṇā kᄆptaḥ sukṛteneti //
BhārGS, 3, 1, 12.4 yā te agne sūrye śuciḥ priyā tanūr yā
divi yāditye yā bṛhati yā jāgate chandasīdaṃ te tām avarundhe tasyai te svāheti //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 12.0 atha skanne saṃ tvā siñcāmīti skannam abhimantryonnambhaya pṛthivīm ity apo 'bhyavahṛtya bhūr ity upasthāyāskān
dyauḥ pṛthivīm ity āhutiṃ juhoti //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 10, 3.1 paṅktyā gārhapatyam upatiṣṭhate yad antarikṣaṃ pṛthivīm uta
dyām iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 23, 2.1 kṛṣṇājine 'bhīva grīvāḥ paścād udīcīnakumbāṃ śamyāṃ nidadhāti
diva skambhanir asīti //
BhārŚS, 7, 2, 1.0 athainaṃ prāñcaṃ pravāhayaty udañcaṃ vā
divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ madhyena mā hiṃsīr iti //
BhārŚS, 7, 22, 1.0 ekādaśānūyājān iṣṭvā pratyākramya juhvāṃ svarum aktvā juhvā svaruṃ juhoti
dyāṃ te dhūmo gacchatv antarikṣam arciḥ pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇasva svāheti //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 1, 1.3 dyauḥ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam udaraṃ pṛthivī pājasyaṃ diśaḥ pārśve avāntaradiśaḥ parśava ṛtavo 'ṅgāni māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca parvāṇy ahorātrāṇi pratiṣṭhā nakṣatrāṇy asthīni nabho māṃsāni /
BĀU, 3, 1, 10.8 pṛthivīlokam eva puronuvākyayā jayaty antarikṣalokaṃ yājyayā
dyulokaṃ śasyayā /
BĀU, 3, 7, 8.1 yo
divi tiṣṭhan divo 'ntaro yaṃ dyaur na veda yasya dyauḥ śarīraṃ yo divam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 8.1 yo divi tiṣṭhan
divo 'ntaro yaṃ dyaur na veda yasya dyauḥ śarīraṃ yo divam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 8.1 yo divi tiṣṭhan divo 'ntaro yaṃ
dyaur na veda yasya dyauḥ śarīraṃ yo divam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 8.1 yo divi tiṣṭhan divo 'ntaro yaṃ dyaur na veda yasya
dyauḥ śarīraṃ yo divam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 8.1 yo divi tiṣṭhan divo 'ntaro yaṃ dyaur na veda yasya dyauḥ śarīraṃ yo
divam antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 8, 3.1 sā hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ yājñavalkya
divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yadantarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣate kasmiṃs tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 4.1 sa hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ gārgi
divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣata ākāśe tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 6.1 sā hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ yājñavalkya
divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣate kasmiṃs tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 7.1 sa hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ gārgi
divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣata ākāśa eva tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti /
BĀU, 3, 9, 3.2 agniś ca pṛthivī ca vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ cādityaś ca
dyauḥ ca candramāś ca nakṣatrāṇi caite vasavaḥ /
BĀU, 3, 9, 7.2 agniś ca pṛthivī ca vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ cādityaś ca
dyauś caite ṣaṭ /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 2, 24, 13.2 nama ādityebhyaś ca viśvebhyaś ca devebhyo
divikṣidbhyo lokakṣidbhyaḥ /
ChU, 3, 13, 7.1 atha yad ataḥ paro
divo jyotir dīpyate viśvataḥpṛṣṭheṣu sarvataḥpṛṣṭheṣv anuttameṣūttameṣu lokeṣv idaṃ vāva tad yad idam asminn antaḥ puruṣe jyotiḥ /
ChU, 3, 14, 3.2 eṣa ma ātmā antarhṛdaye jyāyān pṛthivyā jyāyān antarikṣāj jyāyān
divo jyāyān ebhyo lokebhyaḥ //
ChU, 4, 1, 2.3 ho ho 'yi bhallākṣa bhallākṣa jānaśruteḥ pautrāyaṇasya samaṃ
divā jyotir ātataṃ tan mā prasāṅkṣīs tat tvāṃ mā pradhākṣīr iti //
ChU, 4, 13, 1.1 atha hainam āhavanīyo 'nuśaśāsa prāṇa ākāśo
dyaur vidyud iti /
ChU, 5, 19, 2.4 divi tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃca dyauś cādityaś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati /
ChU, 5, 19, 2.4 divi tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃca
dyauś cādityaś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati /
ChU, 7, 2, 1.2 vāg vā ṛgvedaṃ vijñāpayati yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ
divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakaṃ dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ ca /
ChU, 7, 7, 1.2 vijñānena vā ṛgvedaṃ vijānāti yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ
divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñchvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 8, 1.7 balena vai pṛthivī tiṣṭhati balenāntarikṣaṃ balena
dyaur balena parvatā balena devamanuṣyā balena paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 10, 1.4 āpa evemā mūrtā yeyaṃ pṛthivī yad antarikṣaṃ yad
dyaur yat parvatā yad devamanuṣyā yat paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 8, 5, 3.4 tat araś ca ha vai ṇyaś cārṇavau brahmaloke tṛtīyasyām ito
divi /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 11, 4, 9.0 āhriyamāṇe bhakṣe pratilomair ārohaṇīyair avaruhya japen mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñaṃ mimikṣatāṃ pipṛtāṃ no bharīmabhir iti //
DrāhŚS, 14, 2, 6.2 eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāyartam ṛtavādibhyo namo
dive namaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 3, 2, 11.1 athāsmai tatpātram dadyus tat pratigṛhya japecchāntā
dyauḥ śāntā pṛthivī śāntaṃ śivam antarikṣaṃ yo rocanas tam iha gṛhṇāmīti //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 4, 7, 41.0 indrāyeti purastād vāyava ity avāntaradeśe yamāyeti dakṣiṇataḥ pitṛbhya ity avāntaradeśe varuṇāyeti paścānmahārājāyety avāntaradeśe somāyety uttarato mahendrāyety avāntaradeśe vāsukaya ity adhastād ūrdhvaṃ namo brahmaṇa iti
divi //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 6, 2.0 sa ātmata eva trīṃl lokān niramimīta pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ
divam iti //
GB, 1, 1, 6, 8.0 sa khalu pṛthivyā evāgniṃ niramimītāntarikṣād vāyuṃ
diva ādityam //
GB, 1, 1, 19, 1.0 tasya tṛtīyayā svaramātrayā
divam ādityaṃ sāmavedaṃ svar iti vyāhṛtiṃ jāgataṃ chandaḥ saptadaśaṃ stomam udīcīṃ diśaṃ varṣā ṛtuṃ jyotir adhyātmaṃ cakṣuṣī darśanam itīndriyāny anvabhavat //
GB, 1, 1, 39, 17.0 yā hy emā bāhyāḥ śarīrān mātrās tad yathaitat pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ
divam //
GB, 1, 2, 1, 6.0 vaidyutasthāne tiṣṭhan vāyur iti stūyate
dyausthāne tiṣṭhann āditya iti stūyate //
GB, 1, 2, 7, 7.0 sa cen niṣṭhīved
divo nu mām yad atrāpi madhor ahaṃ yad atrāpi rasasya me ity ātmānam anumantrayate //
GB, 1, 2, 9, 9.0 tasya pṛthivy antarikṣaṃ
dyaur āpa oṣadhivanaspataya imāni bhūtāni pādāḥ //
GB, 1, 2, 12, 1.0 tad yathā ha vā idaṃ yajamānaś ca yājayitāraś ca
divaṃ brūyuḥ pṛthivīti pṛthivīṃ vā dyaur iti brūyus tad anyo nānujānāty etām evaṃ nānujānāti yad etad brūyāt //
GB, 1, 2, 12, 1.0 tad yathā ha vā idaṃ yajamānaś ca yājayitāraś ca divaṃ brūyuḥ pṛthivīti pṛthivīṃ vā
dyaur iti brūyus tad anyo nānujānāty etām evaṃ nānujānāti yad etad brūyāt //
GB, 1, 5, 15, 2.0 pṛthivy eva bhargo 'ntarikṣa eva maho
dyaur eva yaśo 'pa eva sarvam //
GB, 1, 5, 18, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi yaśa iti
divam evaitallokānām āhādityaṃ devānām ādityān devagaṇānāṃ jāgataṃ chandasām udīcīṃ diśāṃ varṣā ṛtūnāṃ saptadaśaṃ stomānāṃ sāmavedaṃ vedānām audgātraṃ hotrakāṇāṃ cakṣur indriyāṇām //
GB, 2, 2, 7, 2.0 teṣām asurāṇām imāḥ puraḥ pratyabhijitā āsann ayasmayī pṛthivī rajatāntarikṣaṃ hariṇī
dyauḥ //
GB, 2, 2, 7, 6.0 ta etāḥ puraḥ pratyakurvata havirdhānaṃ
diva āgnīdhram antarikṣāt sadaḥ pṛthivyāḥ //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye
divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 6, 3.0 agnau pṛthivyāṃ pratitiṣṭha vāyāvantarikṣe sūrye
divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyur ādityaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim anusaṃcarāsau prāṇasya brahmacāryabhūr asāv ity ubhayatrānuṣajati //
HirGS, 1, 13, 17.2 dyauste dadātu pṛthivī pratigṛhṇātu pṛthivī te dadātu prāṇaḥ pratigṛhṇātu prāṇastvāśnātu prāṇaḥ pibatu /
HirGS, 1, 19, 7.11 dyaus te pṛṣṭhaṃ rakṣatu vāyur ūrū aśvinau ca stanaṃ dhayatas te putrān savitābhirakṣatu /
HirGS, 1, 20, 2.10 amūham asmi sā tvaṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāv ehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya /
HirGS, 2, 10, 7.5 antardadhe parvatairantarmahyā pṛthivyā
divā digbhir anantābhir ūtibhir antaranyaṃ pitāmahāddadhe svadhā namaḥ /
HirGS, 2, 11, 4.2 pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaurapidhānaṃ brahmaṇastvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayorjuhomi /
HirGS, 2, 11, 4.5 pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaurapidhānaṃ brahmaṇastvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomi /
HirGS, 2, 11, 4.8 pṛthivī te pātraṃ
dyaurapidhānaṃ brahmaṇastvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayorjuhomi /
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.3 eṣa te prapitāmaha madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvān ādityaśca
dyauśca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvānasya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ taṃ svadhāmakṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīvāsau sāmāni te mahimā /
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 4, 1.0 sapavitraṃ prastaram ādatte tasyāgrāṇi sruve 'nakti
divyaṅkṣveti //
JaimGS, 1, 8, 2.0 prāk stanaprāśanād vrīhiṃ ca yavaṃ ca jātarūpeṇāvaghṛṣyedam annam iti prāśayed idam annam ayaṃ rasa idaṃ prāṇenāmṛtaṃ saha pṛthivī te mātā
dyauḥ pitā jīvāhi śaradaḥ śataṃ paśyāhi śaradaḥ śatam iti //
JaimGS, 1, 20, 20.7 dyauste pṛṣṭhaṃ rakṣatu vāyur ūrū aśvinau ca stanaṃ dhayataste putrān savitābhirakṣatu /
JaimGS, 1, 21, 6.8 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sāmāham asmy ṛk tvaṃ mano 'ham asmi vāk tvaṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai mām anuvratā bhava sahaśayyā mayā bhavāsāviti //
JaimGS, 2, 7, 2.1 atha yady agāre sthūṇā virohet kapoto vāgāraṃ gacched gaur vā gāṃ dhayed anaḍvān vā
divam ullikhed anagnau vā dhūmo jāyetānagnau vā dīpyeta madhu vā jāyeta valmīkaṃ vopajāyeta maṇḍūko vāmbhṛṇe vāśyecchvāno vā gṛhe paryaṭeyur ity etān anyāṃśca yata indra bhayāmahe /
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 2, 1.1 sa yad om iti so 'gnir vāg iti pṛthivy om iti vāyur vāg ity antarikṣam om ity ādityo vāg iti
dyaur om iti prāṇo vāg ity eva vāk //
JUB, 1, 2, 2.1 sa ya evaṃ vidvān udgāyaty om ity evāgnim ādāya pṛthivyām pratiṣṭhāpayaty om ity eva vāyum ādāyāntarikṣe pratiṣṭhāpayaty om ity evādityam ādāya
divi pratiṣṭhāpayaty om ity eva prāṇam ādāya vāci pratiṣṭhāpayati //
JUB, 1, 3, 6.1 yathā khaṃ vānasaḥ syād rathasya vaivam etad
divaś chidram /
JUB, 1, 5, 5.4 tad yatraitaccātvālaṃ khātaṃ tat samprati sa
diva ākāśaḥ //
JUB, 1, 29, 7.3 yo rauhiṇam asphurad vajrabāhur
dyām ārohantaṃ sa janāsa indra iti //
JUB, 1, 32, 2.2 yac chataṃ
dyāvaḥ syuḥ śatam bhūmyas tābhya eṣa evākāśo jyāyān //
JUB, 1, 34, 7.2 divam eko dadate yo vidhartā viśvā āśāḥ pratirakṣanty anya iti //
JUB, 1, 41, 4.1 tad etad ṛcābhyanūcyate 'ditir
dyaur aditir antarikṣam aditir mātā sa pitā sa putraḥ /
JUB, 1, 43, 10.2 sa samaḥ pṛthivyā sama ākāśena samo
divā samaḥ sarveṇa bhūtena /
JUB, 1, 44, 6.2 trir yad
divaḥ pari muhūrtam āgāt svair mantrair anṛtupā ṛtāveti //
JUB, 3, 4, 2.1 iyam eva stotriyo 'gnir anurūpo vāyur dhāyyāntarikṣam pragātho
dyauḥ sūktam ādityo nivit /
JUB, 3, 15, 6.2 tebhyaḥ saṃtaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy udāyann agniḥ pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād ādityo
divaḥ //
JUB, 3, 26, 2.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ
dyauḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 4, 22, 11.1 tad agnir vai prāṇo vāg iti pṛthivī vāyur vai prāṇo vāg ity antarikṣam ādityo vai prāṇo vāg iti
dyaur diśo vai prāṇo vāg iti śrotraṃ candramā vai prāṇo vāg iti manaḥ pumān vai prāṇo vāg iti strī //
JUB, 4, 24, 13.1 ya evāyaṃ cakṣuṣi puruṣa eṣa indra eṣa prajāpatiḥ samaḥ pṛthivyā sama ākāśena samo
divā samaḥ sarveṇa bhūtena /
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 27, 8.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvā
divaṃ lokānāṃ jayaty ādityaṃ devaṃ devānām //
JB, 1, 39, 8.0 athodvāsayati
divaṃ dṛṃhāntarikṣaṃ dṛṃha pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha prajāṃ paśūñ juhvato me dṛṃheti //
JB, 1, 45, 6.0 tasya
dyauḥ samid vidyuj jyotir abhrāṇi dhūmo hlādunayo viṣphuliṅgā aśanir aṅgārāḥ //
JB, 1, 60, 2.0 tad u hovācāruṇir
dyaur vā agnihotrī tasyā āditya eva vatsa iyam evāgnihotrasthālī //
JB, 1, 72, 18.0 ud
divaṃ stabhānāntarikṣaṃ pṛṇa pṛthivīm upareṇa dṛṃha dyutānas tvā māruto minotu mitrāvaruṇayor dhruveṇa dharmaṇā ghṛtena dyāvāpṛthivī āprīṇāthāṃ supippalā oṣadhīḥ kṛdhi svāhety audumbarīm abhijuhoti //
JB, 1, 87, 6.0 tam atas tisṛbhir ādadata tisṛbhir antarikṣāt tisṛbhir
divam agamayan //
JB, 1, 87, 13.0 tam atas tisṛbhir evādadate tisṛbhir antarikṣāt tisṛbhir
divaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 98, 3.0 ya etad agne tīrtvāsmin loke sādhu cikīrṣāt taṃ tvam asmin loke dhīpsatād ity agnim asmin loke 'dadhur vāyum antarikṣa ādityaṃ
divi //
JB, 1, 104, 13.0 anuṣṭubhi prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyan
divaṃ manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 127, 1.0 svāyudhaḥ pavate deva indur aśastihā vṛjanā rakṣamāṇaḥ pitā devānāṃ janitā sudakṣo viṣṭambho
divo dharuṇaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
JB, 1, 129, 10.0 yadi bārhataḥ somaḥ syād bṛhati prastute brūyād
divaṃ pitaram upaśraye bṛhan mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JB, 1, 152, 13.0 tad eṣopagītātimātram avardhanta nod iva
divam aspṛśan bhṛguṃ hiṃsitvā māhenā asaṃheyaṃ parābhavann iti //
JB, 1, 176, 10.0 atha yad dāyivam ity āha
divaṃ saṃstuto yajño gamayitavya ity āhur divam evaitat saṃstutaṃ yajñaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 176, 10.0 atha yad dāyivam ity āha divaṃ saṃstuto yajño gamayitavya ity āhur
divam evaitat saṃstutaṃ yajñaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 245, 4.0 divam eva tṛtīyasya tṛcasya prathamayā stotriyayā jayaty ādityaṃ dvitīyayā nakṣatrāṇi tṛtīyayā //
JB, 1, 249, 3.0 agnir vā asya lokasya vajro vāyur antarikṣasyādityo
divaḥ //
JB, 1, 257, 2.0 tadanukṛtīdam apy anyā devatāḥ parimaṇḍalāḥ parimaṇḍala ādityaḥ parimaṇḍalaś candramāḥ parimaṇḍalā
dyauḥ parimaṇḍalam antarikṣaṃ parimaṇḍaleyaṃ pṛthivī //
JB, 1, 292, 22.0 atho hāsyaitāny eva pañca jyotīṃṣīddhāny eṣu lokeṣu dīpyante 'gniḥ pṛthivyāṃ vāyur antarikṣa ādityo
divi candramā nakṣatreṣu vidyud apsu //
JB, 1, 298, 25.0 atha yat pareṇa
divam antarikṣaṃ manyanta evaṃ pareṇa pṛthivīm āpas teno bahirnidhane iti //
JB, 1, 298, 32.0 atha yat pareṇa
divam antarikṣaṃ manyanta evaṃ pareṇa pṛthivīm āpas teno vāmadevye bṛhadrathantare iti //
JB, 1, 357, 8.0 tebhyaḥ saṃtaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy udāyann agniḥ pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād ādityo
divaḥ //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 2, 6.0 tat pratigṛhṇāti mayi varco atho bhagam atho yajñasya yat payaḥ parameṣṭhī prajāpatir
divi dyām iva dṛṃhatv iti //
JaimŚS, 2, 6.0 tat pratigṛhṇāti mayi varco atho bhagam atho yajñasya yat payaḥ parameṣṭhī prajāpatir divi
dyām iva dṛṃhatv iti //
JaimŚS, 3, 17.0 brahmāsi subrahmaṇye tasyās te
dyauḥ pāda ādityo vatsas tena me prasnuteṣam ūrjaṃ dhukṣva //
JaimŚS, 9, 18.0 gṛhīteṣu graheṣv apa upaspṛśya pṛthivīm abhimṛśati drapsaś caskanda pṛthivīm anu
dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ //
JaimŚS, 18, 14.0 yadi bārhataṃ stotraṃ syād bṛhataḥ stotraṃ pratigṛhya brūyād
divaṃ pitaram upaśraye bṛhan mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 1, 3, 3.0 athodakam āsiñcati iheta devīr amṛtaṃ vasānā hiraṇyavarṇā anavadyarūpāḥ āpaḥ samudro varuṇaś ca rājā saṃpātabhāgān haviṣo juṣantām indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā apaḥ samudrād
divam ud vahantu indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā divas pṛthivyā śriyam ud vahantu iti //
KauśS, 1, 3, 3.0 athodakam āsiñcati iheta devīr amṛtaṃ vasānā hiraṇyavarṇā anavadyarūpāḥ āpaḥ samudro varuṇaś ca rājā saṃpātabhāgān haviṣo juṣantām indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahantu indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā
divas pṛthivyā śriyam ud vahantu iti //
KauśS, 1, 5, 1.0 agnīṣomā savedasā sahūtī vanataṃ giraḥ sa devatrā babhūvathuḥ yuvam etāni
divi rocanāny agniś ca soma sakratū adhattam yuvaṃ sindhūṃr abhiśaster avadyād agnīṣomāv amuñcataṃ gṛbhītān agnīṣomā ya āhutiṃ yo vāṃ dāśāddhaviṣkṛtim sa prajayā suvīryaṃ viśvam āyur vyaśnavat //
KauśS, 1, 5, 2.0 indrāgnī rocanā
divaḥ pari vājeṣu bhūṣathaḥ tad vāṃ ceti pra vīryam śnathad vṛtram uta sanoti vājam indrā yo agnī sahurī saparyāt irajyantā vasavyasya bhūreḥ sahastamā sahasā vājayantā indrāgnī asmān rakṣatāṃ yau prajānāṃ prajāvatī sa prajayā suvīryaṃ viśvam āyur vyaśnavat gomaddhiraṇyavad vasu yad vām aśvāvad īmahe indrāgnī vanemahi svāhā iti //
KauśS, 1, 6, 6.0 pṛthivyai tvā iti mūlam antarikṣāya tvā iti madhyaṃ
dive tvā iti agram evaṃ triḥ //
KauśS, 1, 6, 10.0 sruvo 'si ghṛtād aniśitaḥ sapatnakṣayaṇo
divi ṣīda antarikṣe sīda pṛthivyāṃ sīdottaro 'haṃ bhūyāsam adhare matsapatnāḥ iti sruvaṃ prāgdaṇḍaṃ nidadhāti //
KauśS, 4, 7, 6.0 asthād
dyaur ity apavātāyāḥ svayaṃsrastena gośṛṅgeṇa saṃpātavatā japan //
KauśS, 6, 3, 12.0 brāhmaṇād vajram udyacchamānācchaṅkante māṃ haniṣyasi māṃ haniṣyasīti tebhyo 'bhayaṃ vadeccham agnaye śaṃ pṛthivyai śam antarikṣāya śaṃ vāyave śaṃ
dive śaṃ sūryāya śaṃ candrāya śaṃ nakṣatrebhyaḥ śaṃ gandharvāpsarobhyaḥ śaṃ sarpetarajanebhyaḥ śivam mahyam iti //
KauśS, 7, 5, 11.0 yathā
dyaur manase cetase dhiya iti mahāvrīhīṇāṃ sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvā śāntyudakenopasicyābhimantrya prāśayati //
KauśS, 7, 10, 18.0 yasyedam ā rajo 'tharvāṇaṃ aditir
dyaur diteḥ putrāṇām bṛhaspate savitar ity abhyuditaṃ brahmacāriṇaṃ bodhayati //
KauśS, 8, 7, 2.0 bṛhatā mano
dyauś ca me punar maitv indriyam iti pratimantrayate //
KauśS, 9, 2, 6.2 dyaur mahnāsi bhūmir bhūmnā tasyās te devy aditir upasthe 'nnādāyānnapatyāyādadhad iti //
KauśS, 11, 9, 8.1 dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā sā yathā dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā pratatāmahasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā //
KauśS, 11, 9, 8.1 dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā sā yathā
dyaur darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā pratatāmahasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā //
KauśS, 13, 5, 8.9 brahma bhrājad udagād antarikṣaṃ
divaṃ ca brahmāvādhūṣṭāmṛtena mṛtyum /
KauśS, 13, 6, 2.5 yathā devo
divi stanayan virājati yathā varṣaṃ varṣakāmāya varṣati /
KauśS, 14, 1, 30.1 agnir bhūmyām oṣadhīṣv agnir
diva ā tapaty agnivāsāḥ pṛthivy asitajñūr etam idhmaṃ samāhitaṃ juṣāṇo 'smai kṣatrāṇi dhārayantam agna iti pañcabhi staraṇam //
KauśS, 14, 4, 8.0 ā tvāhārṣaṃ dhruvā
dyaur viśas tvā sarvā vāñchantv iti sarvato 'pramattā dhārayeran //
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 3, 3, 25.0 sā vā asau yad ado 'muṣyādityasyopariṣṭād
divīva bhāti jyotir iva //
KauṣB, 9, 5, 11.0 śyeno na yoniṃ sadanaṃ dhiyā kṛtaṃ gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmahe astabhnād
dyām asuro viśvavedā iti sannavatībhiḥ sannam anustauti //
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 6, 1, 36.0 vediṃ kariṣyan ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ pañcagṛhītaṃ manasānudrutya juhoty ekām āhutiṃ pañca vā
dyauṣpṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ śarīrair vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā divi devāvṛdhaṃ hotrām airayant svāheti //
KātyŚS, 6, 1, 36.0 vediṃ kariṣyan ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ pañcagṛhītaṃ manasānudrutya juhoty ekām āhutiṃ pañca vā dyauṣpṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ pṛthivīṃ śarīrair vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā
divi devāvṛdhaṃ hotrām airayant svāheti //
KātyŚS, 6, 2, 15.0 yavo 'sīty apsu yavān opya prokṣaty agramadhyamūlāni
dive tveti pratimantram //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 37, 2.0 puṇyāhe parvaṇi vodite tv āditye rathacakramātraṃ sthaṇḍilam upalipya tasmin yathoktam upasamādhāya jayaprabhṛtibhir hutvā taraṇir
divo rukma ud u tyaṃ citraṃ devānām ity ājyasya juhoti //
KāṭhGS, 70, 6.0 aditir
dyaur aditir indrāṇī patyety odanayoḥ śākapalalāktayoḥ //
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 6, 7, 52.0 yarhy ayaṃ devaḥ prajā abhimanyeta sajūr jātavedo
divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti //
KS, 8, 6, 1.0 saha vā imā agnes tanva iyam odanapacano 'ntarikṣaṃ gārhapatyo
dyaur āhavanīyaḥ //
KS, 8, 11, 15.0 agnes sūryasya
divas teṣām anānītās smas teṣāṃ sakāśena jīvāmaḥ //
KS, 9, 3, 39.0 divo jyotir vivasva āditya te no devā deveṣu satyāṃ devahūtim āsuvadhvam //
KS, 9, 11, 35.0 teṣāṃ pṛthivī hotāsīd
dyaur adhvaryus tvaṣṭāgnin mitra upavaktā //
KS, 13, 12, 103.0 sūryo
divo diviṣadbhyo dhātā kṣatrasya vāyuḥ prajānāṃ bṛhaspatis tvā prajāpataye jyotiṣmate jyotiṣmatīṃ juhotu svāheti //
KS, 20, 5, 23.0 yat pṛthivyāṃ cinvītauṣadhīś śucā nirdahed yad antarikṣe vayāṃsi yad
divi divam //
KS, 20, 5, 23.0 yat pṛthivyāṃ cinvītauṣadhīś śucā nirdahed yad antarikṣe vayāṃsi yad divi
divam //
KS, 20, 7, 8.0 mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na iti dyāvāpṛthivyor evaitayā rūpe dādhāra //
KS, 21, 3, 46.0 agnir evāsyāsmiṃl loke jyotir bhavati vāyur antarikṣe sūryo
divi //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 1, 12, 3.4 dyaur asi janmanā juhūr nāma priyā devānāṃ priyeṇa nāmnā dhruve sadasi sīda /
MS, 1, 2, 2, 10.1 svāhā yajñaṃ manasaḥ svāhā
divaḥ svāhā pṛthivyāḥ svāhoror antarikṣāt svāhā vātāt parigṛhṇāmi svāhā //
MS, 1, 2, 6, 5.2 hṛtsu kratuṃ varuṇaṃ dikṣv agniṃ
divi sūryam adadhāt somam adrau //
MS, 1, 2, 14, 4.2 divam agreṇa mā hiṃsīr antarikṣaṃ madhyena pṛthivyā saṃbhava bhrājaṃ gaccha /
MS, 1, 2, 14, 5.1 pṛthivyai tvāntarikṣāya tvā
dive tvā śundhantāṃ lokāḥ pitṛṣadanāḥ /
MS, 1, 2, 14, 8.1 indrasya caṣālam asi supippalā oṣadhīs kṛdhi
divam agreṇottabhānāntarikṣaṃ madhyenāpṛṇa pṛthivīm upareṇa dṛṃha //
MS, 1, 2, 14, 13.4 divaḥ sānūpeṣa divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu antarikṣaṃ jyotiḥ pṛthivīṃ bhasma svāhā //
MS, 1, 2, 14, 13.4 divaḥ sānūpeṣa
divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu antarikṣaṃ jyotiḥ pṛthivīṃ bhasma svāhā //
MS, 1, 3, 3, 5.1 yat te soma
divi jyotir yat pṛthivyāṃ yad urā antarikṣe tenāsmai yajñapataya uru rāye kṛdhi /
MS, 1, 3, 12, 4.1 saṃjagmānau
divā pṛthivyā śukrau śukraśociṣau tau devau śukrāmanthinā āyur yajñe dhattam āyur yajñapatau pumāṃsaṃ garbham ādhattaṃ gavīṇyoḥ prāṇān paśuṣu yacchataṃ śukrasyādhiṣṭhānam asi manthino 'dhiṣṭhānam asi nirastaḥ śaṇḍo nirasto markaḥ saha tena yaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
MS, 1, 4, 3, 6.2 nākaṃ gṛbhṇānāḥ sukṛtasya loke tṛtīye pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane
divaḥ //
MS, 1, 4, 8, 2.0 ya eva devā yajñahanaś ca yajñamuṣaś cāntarikṣe tāṃs tīrtvā
divam agan //
MS, 1, 4, 8, 3.0 ya eva devā yajñahanaś ca yajñamuṣaś ca
divi tāṃs tīrtvā sajātānāṃ madhye śraiṣṭhyā ādhād enam //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 15.0 agnir mūrdheti svargā tena
divaḥ kakud iti svargā tena patiḥ pṛthivyā ayam iti mithunā tenāpāṃ retāṃsi jinvatīti retasvatī paśavyā sarvasamṛddhā //
MS, 1, 7, 4, 17.0 agnir mūrdhā
divaḥ kakud iti prajākāmo vā paśukāmo vā somasya loke kuryāt //
MS, 1, 8, 6, 6.0 sajūr jātavedo
divā pṛthivyā juṣāṇo asya haviṣo vīhi svāheti juhuyāt //
MS, 1, 10, 3, 4.1 yad antarikṣaṃ pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ yan mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima /
MS, 2, 4, 7, 7.3 ye devā
divibhāgāḥ stha ye antarikṣabhāgā ye pṛthivībhāgās ta idaṃ kṣetram āviśata ta idaṃ kṣetram anuviviśata //
MS, 2, 4, 8, 41.0 ye devā
divibhāgāḥ stha ye antarikṣabhāgā ye pṛthivībhāgās ta idaṃ kṣetram āviśata ta idaṃ kṣetram anuviviśateti //
MS, 2, 7, 2, 18.1 tvam agne
dyubhis tvam āśuśukṣaṇis tvam adbhyas tvam aśmanas pari /
MS, 2, 7, 8, 1.2 agnir ajaro 'bhavat sahobhir yad enaṃ
dyaur ajanayat suretāḥ //
MS, 2, 7, 8, 4.26 akrandad agniḥ stanayann iva
dyauḥ kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ samañjan /
MS, 2, 7, 9, 1.1 divas pari prathamaṃ jajñe agnir asmad dvitīyaṃ pari jātavedāḥ /
MS, 2, 7, 9, 5.2 iyarti dhūmam aruṣo bharibhrad uñ śukreṇa śociṣā
dyām inakṣan //
MS, 2, 7, 16, 3.20 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu
divaḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīṃ viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya /
MS, 2, 7, 17, 8.1 yo agnir agnes tapaso 'dhi jātaḥ śokāt pṛthivyā uta vā
divas pari /
MS, 2, 8, 14, 1.33 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu
divaḥ pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīṃ prathasvatīṃ bhāsvatīṃ raśmīvatīm /
MS, 2, 8, 14, 1.38 divo mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya /
MS, 2, 10, 1, 9.2 yebhyo na ṛte pavate dhāma kiṃ cana na te
divo na pṛthivyā adhi snuṣu //
MS, 2, 13, 16, 4.0 yā devy asīṣṭaka āyurdāḥ prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāś cakṣurdāḥ śrotradāḥ pṛthivyām antarikṣe
divaḥ pṛṣṭha upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim //
MS, 3, 15, 7, 1.0 indrasya kroḍo 'dityāḥ pājasyaṃ diśāṃ jatravo 'dityā bhasad jīmūtān hṛdayaupaśābhyām antarikṣaṃ pulītatā nabha udaryeṇa valmīkān klomnā glaubhir gulmāṃś cakravākau matasnābhyāṃ
divaṃ vṛkkābhyāṃ hirābhiḥ sravantīr girīn plāśibhyām upalān plīhnā hradān kukṣibhyāṃ samudram udareṇa vaiśvānaraṃ bhasmanā //
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 2, 2, 5.1 yasmin
dyauḥ pṛthivī cāntarikṣam otaṃ manaḥ saha prāṇaiś ca sarvaiḥ /
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 1, 11, 14.1 yena
dyaur ugretyādaya udvāhe homā jayābhyātānāḥ saṃtatihomā rāṣṭrabhṛtaśca //
MānGS, 2, 7, 4.1 śāmyantu sarpāḥ svaśayā bhavantu ye antarikṣa uta ye
divi śritāḥ /
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 2, 9.0 pra śukraitu devī manīṣāsmad rathaḥ sutaṣṭo na vājy āyuṣe me pavasva varcase me pavasva viduḥ pṛthivyā
divo janitrācchṛṇvantv āpo 'dhaḥ kṣarantīḥ somehodgāya mām āyuṣe mama brahmavarcasāya yajamānasyarddhyā amuṣya rājyāya //
PB, 1, 7, 6.0 vaiśvānaraḥ pratnathā nākam āruhad
divaḥ pṛṣṭhe mandamānaḥ sumanmabhiḥ sa pūrvavaj jantave dhanaṃ samānam ayman paryeti jāgṛviḥ //
PB, 1, 9, 3.0 anvitir asi
dive tvā divaṃ jinva savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye stuta //
PB, 1, 9, 3.0 anvitir asi dive tvā
divaṃ jinva savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye stuta //
PB, 6, 4, 2.0 tām ucchrayati dyutānas tvā māruta ucchrayatūd
divaṃ stabhānāntarikṣaṃ pṛṇa dṛṃha pṛthivīm //
PB, 6, 6, 17.0 āyuṣe me pavasva varcase me pavasva viduḥ pṛthivyā
divo janitrācchṛṇvantv āpo 'dhaḥ kṣarantīḥ somehodgāyety āha mahyaṃ tejase brahmavarcasāyeti //
PB, 6, 10, 16.0 prāsya dhārā akṣarann iti
divo vṛṣṭiṃ cyāvayati vṛṣṇaḥ sutasyaujasa ity antarikṣāt //
PB, 6, 10, 18.0 ojasā vā etad vīryeṇa pradīyate yad aprattaṃ bhavati yad vṛṣṇaḥ sutasyaujasa ity āhaujasaivāsmai vīryeṇa
divo vṛṣṭiṃ prayacchati //
PB, 7, 5, 2.0 tā asmāt sṛṣṭā apākrāmaṃs tāsāṃ
divi sad bhūmy ādada iti prāṇān ādatta tā enaṃ prāṇeṣv ātteṣu punar upāvartanta tābhya ugraṃ śarma mahi śrava iti punaḥ prāṇān prāyacchat tā asmād ud evāyodhaṃs tāsāṃ stauṣa iti manyūn avāśṛṇāt tato vai tasmai tāḥ śraiṣṭhyāyātiṣṭhanta //
PB, 8, 9, 2.0 asurā vā eṣu lokeṣv āsaṃs tān devā hariśriyam ity asmāl lokāt prāṇudanta virājasīty antarikṣād
divo diva ity amuṣmāt //
PB, 8, 9, 2.0 asurā vā eṣu lokeṣv āsaṃs tān devā hariśriyam ity asmāl lokāt prāṇudanta virājasīty antarikṣād divo
diva ity amuṣmāt //
PB, 9, 1, 11.0 yadā vai puruṣaḥ svam oka āgacchati sarvaṃ tarhi prajānāti sarvam asmai
divā bhavati //
PB, 9, 9, 12.0 hiraṇyagarbhaḥ samavartatāgra ity ājyenābhyupākṛtasya juhuyād agnīdhraṃ paretya bhūtānāṃ jātaḥ patir eka āsīt sa dādhāra pṛthivīṃ
dyām utemāṃ tasmai ta indo haviṣā vidhema svāheti saiva tasya prāyaścittiḥ //
PB, 10, 1, 1.0 agninā pṛthivyauṣadhibhis tenāyaṃ lokas trivṛd vāyunāntarikṣeṇa vayobhis tenaiṣa lokas trivṛd yo 'yam antar ādityena
divā nakṣatrais tenāsau lokas trivṛd etad eva trivṛta āyatanam eṣāsya bandhutā //
PB, 10, 4, 1.0 bhūtaṃ pūrvo 'tirātro bhaviṣyad uttaraḥ pṛthivī pūrvo 'tirātro
dyaur uttaro 'gniḥ pūrvo 'tirātra āditya uttaraḥ prāṇaḥ pūrvo 'tirātra udāna uttaraḥ //
PB, 12, 11, 1.0 pari priyā
divaḥ kavir iti parivatyo bhavanty anto vai caturtham ahas tasyaitāḥ paryāptyai //
PB, 14, 2, 1.0 mūrdhānaṃ
divo aratim pṛthivyā ity āgneyam ājyaṃ bhavati //
PB, 14, 9, 4.0 dhartā
divaḥ pavate kṛtvyo rasa ity adhṛta iva vā eṣas tryaho yad dharteti dhṛtyā eva //
PB, 15, 4, 7.0 āgneyī pṛthivyāgneyo brāhmaṇa aindrī
dyaur aindro rājanyo 'ntarikṣeṇa dyāvāpṛthivī samante antarikṣeṇaivainaṃ samantaṃ karoti vindate paśūn pra purodhām āpnoti ya evaṃ vidvān samantena stuvate stomaḥ //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 5, 10.1 agnir bhūtānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatv indro jyeṣṭhānāṃ yamaḥ pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣasya sūryo
divaś candramā nakṣatrāṇāṃ bṛhaspatir brahmaṇo mitraḥ satyānāṃ varuṇo 'pāṃ samudraḥ srotyānām annaṃ sāmrājyānām adhipatis tanmāvatu soma oṣadhīnāṃ savitā prasavānāṃ rudraḥ paśūnāṃ tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ viṣṇuḥ parvatānāṃ maruto gaṇānām adhipatayas te māvantu pitaraḥ pitāmahāḥ pare 'vare tatāstatāmahāḥ /
PārGS, 1, 5, 11.5 svasti no agne
diva ā pṛthivyā viśvāni dhehyayathā yajatra yad asyāṃ mahi divi jātaṃ praśastaṃ tad asmāsu draviṇaṃ dhehi citraṃ svāhā /
PārGS, 1, 5, 11.5 svasti no agne diva ā pṛthivyā viśvāni dhehyayathā yajatra yad asyāṃ mahi
divi jātaṃ praśastaṃ tad asmāsu draviṇaṃ dhehi citraṃ svāhā /
PārGS, 1, 6, 3.4 sāmāham asmi ṛk tvaṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvaṃ tāv ehi vivahāvahai saha reto dadhāvahai prajāṃ prajanayāvahai putrān vindāvahai bahūn te santu jaradaṣṭayaḥ saṃpriyau rociṣṇū sumanasyamānau paśyema śaradaḥ śataṃ jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ śṛṇuyāma śaradaḥ śatam iti //
PārGS, 1, 12, 1.0 pakṣādiṣu sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvā darśapūrṇamāsadevatābhyo hutvā juhoti brahmaṇe prajāpataye viśvebhyo devebhyo
dyāvāpṛthivībhyām iti //
PārGS, 1, 16, 17.1 sa yasmin deśe jāto bhavati tam abhimantrayate veda te bhūmi hṛdayaṃ
divi candramasi śritam /
PārGS, 2, 17, 9.1 pṛthivī
dyauḥ pradiśo diśo yasmai dyubhirāvṛtāḥ tam ihendram upahvaye śivā naḥ santu hetayaḥ svāhā /
PārGS, 2, 17, 9.1 pṛthivī dyauḥ pradiśo diśo yasmai
dyubhirāvṛtāḥ tam ihendram upahvaye śivā naḥ santu hetayaḥ svāhā /
PārGS, 3, 3, 6.1 sthālīpākasya juhoti śāntā pṛthivī śivamantarikṣaṃ śaṃ no
dyaurabhayaṃ kṛṇotu /
PārGS, 3, 13, 5.3 dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī cāhaṃ tau te krodhaṃ nayāmasi garbham aśvatary asahāsāviti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 21.1 sa yadi kiṃcillabheta tat pratigṛhṇāti
dyaus tvā dadātu pṛthivī tvā pratigṛhṇātviti sāsya na dadataḥ kṣīyate bhūyasī ca pratigṛhītā bhavati /
PārGS, 3, 15, 21.2 atha yady odanaṃ labheta tatpratigṛhya
dyaus tveti tasya dviḥ prāśnāti brahmā tvāśnātu brahmā tvā prāśnātviti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 22.0 atha yadi manthaṃ labheta taṃ pratigṛhya
dyaustveti tasya triḥ prāśnāti brahmā tvāśnātu brahmā tvā prāśnātu brahmā tvā pibatviti //
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 1, 1, 6.0 tasya
dyauḥ śira āsīd uro 'ntarikṣaṃ madhyaṃ samudraḥ pṛthivī pādau //
SVidhB, 3, 3, 7.7 pareṣāṃ ca palāśaparṇamadhyameṣu balyupahāraḥ prajāpataye svāheti madhya upahared indrāyeti purastād vāyava ity avāntaradeśe varuṇāyeti paścān mahārājāyety avāntaradeśe somāyety uttarato mahendrāyety avāntaradeśe vāsukaya ity adhastād ūrdhvaṃ namo brahmaṇa iti
divi bahupaśudhanadhānyahiraṇyam āyuṣmatpuruṣaṃ vīrasūsubhagāvidhavastrīkaṃ śivaṃ puṇyaṃ vāstu bhavati /
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 3, 5, 7.0 divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣam madhyena mā hiṃsīḥ pṛthivyā sam bhava //
TS, 1, 3, 14, 2.4 akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyauḥ kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ samañjan /
TS, 1, 6, 5, 2.4 viṣṇoḥ kramo 'sy arātīyato hantā jāgatena chandasā
divam anuvikrame nirbhaktaḥ sa yaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
TS, 1, 8, 5, 19.1 yad antarikṣam pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ yan mātaram pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima /
TS, 2, 1, 11, 5.2 tisro bhūmīr dhārayan trīṃr uta
dyūn trīṇi vratā vidathe antar eṣām /
TS, 2, 2, 12, 1.5 sa
dyām aurṇod antarikṣaṃ sa suvaḥ sa viśvā bhuvo abhavat sa ābhavat //
TS, 3, 4, 2, 4.1 ajāsi rayiṣṭhā pṛthivyāṃ sīdordhvāntarikṣam upatiṣṭhasva
divi te bṛhad bhāḥ /
TS, 3, 4, 3, 3.4 diva evāsmai parjanyo varṣati vy asyām oṣadhayo rohanti samardhukam asya sasyam bhavati /
TS, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu
divaḥ pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīm prathasvatīṃ vibhūmatīm prabhūmatīm paribhūmatīṃ divaṃ yaccha divaṃ dṛṃha divam mā hiṃsīr viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya sūryas tvābhi pātu mahyā svastyā chardiṣā śaṃtamena tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda /
TS, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu divaḥ pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīm prathasvatīṃ vibhūmatīm prabhūmatīm paribhūmatīṃ
divaṃ yaccha divaṃ dṛṃha divam mā hiṃsīr viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya sūryas tvābhi pātu mahyā svastyā chardiṣā śaṃtamena tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda /
TS, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu divaḥ pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīm prathasvatīṃ vibhūmatīm prabhūmatīm paribhūmatīṃ divaṃ yaccha
divaṃ dṛṃha divam mā hiṃsīr viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya sūryas tvābhi pātu mahyā svastyā chardiṣā śaṃtamena tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda /
TS, 4, 4, 3, 3.3 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu divaḥ pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīm prathasvatīṃ vibhūmatīm prabhūmatīm paribhūmatīṃ divaṃ yaccha divaṃ dṛṃha
divam mā hiṃsīr viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya sūryas tvābhi pātu mahyā svastyā chardiṣā śaṃtamena tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda /
TS, 5, 2, 7, 7.1 brahmavādino vadanti na pṛthivyāṃ nāntarikṣe na
divy agniś cetavya iti //
TS, 5, 3, 1, 30.1 yat prāṇabhṛta upadhāya vṛṣṭisanīr upadadhāti tasmād vāyupracyutā
divo vṛṣṭir īrte //
TS, 5, 3, 6, 1.1 raśmir ity evādityam asṛjata pretir iti dharmam anvitir iti
divam saṃdhir ity antarikṣam pratidhir iti pṛthivīm viṣṭambha iti vṛṣṭim pravety ahar anuveti rātrim uśig iti vasūn praketa iti rudrān sudītir ity ādityān oja iti pitṝn tantur iti prajāḥ pṛtanāṣāḍ iti paśūn revad ity oṣadhīḥ //
TS, 6, 3, 3, 3.1 evainam āharatīme vai lokā yūpāt prayato bibhyati
divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣam madhyena mā hiṃsīr ity āhaibhya evainaṃ lokebhyaḥ śamayati /
TS, 6, 3, 4, 1.1 pṛthivyai tvāntarikṣāya tvā
dive tvety āhaibhya evainaṃ lokebhyaḥ prokṣati /
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 1, 7, 1.1 pṛthivyantarikṣaṃ
dyaurdiśo 'vāntaradiśā agnirvāyurādityaścandramā nakṣatrāṇy āpa oṣadhayo vanaspataya ākāśa ātmetyadhibhūtam /
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 3, 9.1 yan mayi mātā yadā pipeṣa yad antarikṣaṃ yad āśasātikramāmi trite devā
divi jātā yad āpa imaṃ me varuṇa tat tvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsi //
TĀ, 5, 4, 10.7 divaṃ tapasas trāyasvety upariṣṭāddhiraṇyam adhinidadhāti /
TĀ, 5, 7, 8.10 divispṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīr antarikṣaspṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīḥ pṛthivispṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīr ityāhāhiṃsāyai //
TĀ, 5, 7, 9.1 suvar asi suvar me yaccha
divaṃ yaccha divo mā pāhīty āha /
TĀ, 5, 7, 9.1 suvar asi suvar me yaccha divaṃ yaccha
divo mā pāhīty āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.4 taṃ prāvyaṃ yathāvaṇṇamo
dive namaḥ pṛthivyā ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.6 divi dhā imaṃ yajñaṃ yajñam imaṃ divi dhā ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.6 divi dhā imaṃ yajñaṃ yajñam imaṃ
divi dhā ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.8 divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha pṛthivīṃ gacchety āha /
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 1, 6, 4.0 ato devā ityagraṃ daivike saṃ tvā siñcāmītyagraṃ sūtake śucī vo havyetyagraṃ pretake draviṇodāḥ savitā navo navo vidyucchataṃ jīvāṣṭau devā hiraṇyarūpa ṛdhyāma stomamāhārṣaṃ tvāryamaṇaṃ somam rājānam indrāvaruṇā śriye jāto yā guṅgur yas tvā hṛdā yasmai tvaṃ narya prajāṃ sutrāmāṇaṃ śatāyudhāya dakṣiṇāvatāṃ bhadraṃ karṇebhiḥ śataminnv aditir
dyaur ityṛtvijaḥ sarve vadeyuḥ //
VaikhGS, 1, 10, 1.0 pātrād ādhāvam ādāya pavitre stha iti vedyāṃ barhiṣaḥ sthāpayitvā tān paraśurasīti prokṣya samidho muktabandhāḥ kṛṣṇo 'sīti vedirasīti vediṃ sruvādīn barhiṣo barhirasi srugbhya iti barhiṣo 'graṃ
dive tveti madhyam antarikṣāyeti mūlaṃ pṛthivyai tveti prokṣayati //
VaikhGS, 1, 17, 4.0 agnir bhūtānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatvindro jyeṣṭhānāṃ yamaḥ pṛthivyā vāyurantarikṣasya sūryo
divaścandramā nakṣatrāṇāṃ bṛhaspatirbrahmaṇo mitraḥ satyānāṃ varuṇo 'pāṃ samudraḥ srotyānāmannaṃ samrājyānām adhipatiṃ tanmāvatu //
VaikhGS, 1, 20, 1.0 tatpātreṇādhāvamādāya sruveṇāntaritam agnis tṛpyatv ity upāgni paścimato vedistṛpyatviti vedyāṃ
dyaus tṛpyatv ity ākāśe pṛthivī tṛpyatviti bhūmau brahmādyāstṛpyantāmiti dakṣiṇasyāṃ tarpayati //
VaikhGS, 2, 10, 1.0 somāya kāṇḍarṣaye sadasaspatiṃ somo dhenum aṣāḍhaṃ tvaṃ soma kratubhir yā te dhāmāni haviṣā tvamimā oṣadhīr yā te dhāmāni
divīti sūktaṃ saumyavratasya //
VaikhGS, 2, 10, 3.0 viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ kāṇḍarṣaye sadasaspatim ā no viśve śaṃ no devā ye savituragne yāhi
dyauḥ pitar viśve devāḥ śṛṇuteti sūktaṃ vaiśvadevavratasya //
VaikhGS, 2, 14, 1.0 divi śrayasvetyahate vāsasī gandhābharaṇādīni ca prokṣya namo grahāyeti gandhaṃ gṛhītvā prācīnamañjaliṃ kṛtvāpsarassviti gātrāṇyanulepayet tejovat sava iti vastraṃ paridhāya somasya tanūr asīty uttarīyaṃ gṛhṇāti //
VaikhGS, 2, 17, 1.0 dyaus tvā dadātviti brāhmaṇānbhojayitvā indrāgnī me varca ity eṣāṃ praṇāmaṃ kuryāt //
VaikhGS, 3, 3, 2.0 tataḥ paristīryāgniraitvimāmagnistrāyatāṃ mā te gṛhe
dyaus te pṛṣṭham aprajastāṃ devakṛtamiti pañcavāruṇāntaṃ pradhānāñjuhuyāt //
VaikhGS, 3, 17, 9.0 trātāram indraṃ mahāṁ indro ya ojasā mahāṁ indro nṛvad bhuvas tvam indrendra sānasiṃ pra sasāhiṣe 'smākamindro bhūtasyendro
dyaur indraṃ praṇavantam indro vṛtramindro babhūvendro 'smāniti trayodaśaindrāḥ //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
VaikhŚS, 3, 5, 6.0 tṛtīyasyai
diva iti parivāsanaśakalam ādāya surakṣitaṃ nidhāya vasūnāṃ pavitram asi śatadhāram iti śākhāyāṃ trivṛddarbhamayaṃ pavitraṃ kṛtvā trivṛt palāśe darbha iti śākhāyāṃ śithilaṃ mūle mūlāny agre 'grāṇy avasajati //
VaikhŚS, 3, 7, 10.0 dyauś cemam iti duhyamānām anumantrayata utsaṃ duhanti kalaśam iti dhārāghoṣaṃ hutaḥ stoko huto drapsa iti //
VaikhŚS, 3, 8, 1.0 sarvāsu dugdhāsu dohane 'pa ānīya
dyauś cemam yajñam iti saṃkṣālya saṃpṛcyadhvam iti kumbhyām ānīya śrapayitvā tūṣṇīkena ghṛtenābhighārya dṛṃha gā iti karṣann ivodagudag vāsayati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 9, 1.0 ud
divaṃ stabhāneti yūpam ucchrayan yūpāyocchrīyamāṇāyānubrūhīti saṃpreṣyati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 9, 9.0 divaḥ sūnur asīti svaruśakalam ādāyāntarikṣasya tvety uttame guṇe 'gniṣṭhām uttareṇāvagūhati madhyame dvayor vā //
VaikhŚS, 10, 21, 7.0 adhvaryuḥ pratyākramya juhvā triḥ svarum aktvāhavanīye purastāt pratyaṅmukhas tiṣṭhan
dyāṃ te dhūmo gacchatv ity anūyājānte juhvā svaruṃ juhoti //
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 1, 2, 4.2 stambayajuṣo dvitīyapurīṣe prahṛte 'vastabhnāti ca araro
divaṃ mā papta iti //
VaitS, 1, 3, 16.1 āgnīdhraḥ ṣaḍavattaṃ prāśnāti pṛthivyāḥ tvā dātrā prāśnāmy antarikṣasya tvā
divas tveti //
VaitS, 2, 2, 11.1 āgnyādheyikīṣv iṣṭiṣv agneḥ pavamānasya pāvakasya śucer aditer iti pavamānaḥ punātu tveṣas te agnī rakṣāṃsy aditir
dyaur iti //
VaitS, 3, 3, 5.1 niṣkramya somakrayaṇīṃ prapādyamānāṃ
divaṃ ca rohety anumantrayate //
VaitS, 3, 3, 25.1 punar upaspṛśyottānahastāḥ prastare nihnuvata eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāya ṛtamṛtavādibhyo namo
dive namaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
VaitS, 3, 4, 1.4 hiraṇyavarṇo nabhaso deva sūryo gharmo bhrājan
divo antān paryeṣi vidyutā /
VaitS, 3, 4, 1.6 nudañchatrūn pradahan me sapatnān ādityo
dyām adhyarukṣad vipaścit /
VaitS, 3, 6, 11.1 havirdhāne pūrveṇātītya khare copaviśya
divas pṛthivyā iti madhusūktena rājānaṃ saṃśrayati //
VaitS, 3, 8, 7.1 vapāmārjanānta upotthāya
divas pṛṣṭha ity ādityam upatiṣṭhante //
VaitS, 4, 3, 21.1 mādhyaṃdine yad
dyāva indra te śatam yad indra yāvatas tvam iti stotriyānurūpāv abhitaḥ stotriyānurūpau //
VaitS, 5, 2, 13.1 idaṃ va āpo himasya tvā upa
dyām upa vetasam apām idam iti maṇḍūkāvakāvetasair dakṣiṇādi pratidiśaṃ vikṛṣyamāṇām //
VaitS, 6, 3, 8.1 vaiśvānarasya pratimopari
dyauḥ cittaś cikitvān mahiṣaḥ suparṇa iti sūktaśeṣāv āvapate //
VaitS, 6, 3, 9.1 viśvajiti vairājapṛṣṭhe yad
dyāva indra te śatam yad indra yāvatas tvam iti pṛṣṭhastotriyānurūpau bārhatau //
VaitS, 8, 4, 9.1 tanūpṛṣṭhe 'bhi tvā śūra nonumas tvām iddhi havāmahe yad
dyāva indra te śataṃ pibā somam indra mandatu tvā kayā naś citra ā bhuvad revatīr naḥ sadhamāda iti //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 1, 18.3 dhartram asi
divaṃ dṛṃha brahmavani tvā kṣatravani sajātavany upadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāya /
VSM, 2, 16.7 marutāṃ pṛṣatīr gaccha vaśā pṛśnir bhūtvā
divaṃ gaccha tato no vṛṣṭim āvaha /
VSM, 2, 25.1 divi viṣṇur vyakraṃsta jāgatena chandasā tato nirbhakto yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
VSM, 4, 30.3 astabhnād
dyāṃ vṛṣabho antarikṣam amimīta varimāṇaṃ pṛthivyāḥ /
VSM, 4, 31.2 hṛtsu kratuṃ varuṇo vikṣv agniṃ
divi sūryam adadhāt somam adrau //
VSM, 4, 35.2 dūredṛśe devajātāya ketave
divas putrāya sūryāya śaṃsata //
VSM, 5, 19.2 divo vā viṣṇa uta vā pṛthivyā maho vā viṣṇa uror antarikṣāt /
VSM, 5, 27.1 ud
divaṃ stabhānāntarikṣaṃ pṛṇa dṛṃhasva pṛthivyām /
VSM, 5, 43.1 dyāṃ mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ pṛthivyā saṃbhava /
VSM, 6, 2.4 dyām agreṇāspṛkṣa āntarikṣaṃ madhyenāprāḥ pṛthivīm upareṇādṛṃhīḥ //
VSM, 6, 5.1 tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayo
divīva cakṣur ātatam //
VSM, 6, 21.13 divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu svar jyotiḥ pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇa svāhā //
VSM, 6, 25.2 ūrdhvam imam adhvaraṃ
divi deveṣu hotrā yaccha //
VSM, 6, 33.1 yat te soma
divi jyotir yat pṛthivyāṃ yad urāv antarikṣe /
VSM, 7, 19.1 ye devāso
divy ekādaśa stha pṛthivyām adhy ekādaśa stha /
VSM, 7, 24.1 mūrdhānaṃ
divo aratiṃ pṛthivyā vaiśvānaram ṛta ājātam agnim /
VSM, 8, 3.2 turīyāditya savanaṃ ta indriyam ātasthāvamṛtaṃ
divi /
VSM, 8, 32.1 mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñaṃ mimikṣatām /
VSM, 8, 52.1 satrasya ṛddhir asy aganma jyotir amṛtā abhūma
divaṃ pṛthivyā adhy āruhāmāvidāma devānt svar jyotiḥ //
VSM, 8, 60.1 devān
divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu yaṃ kaṃ ca lokam agan yajñas tato me bhadraṃ abhūt //
VSM, 8, 62.1 yajñasya doho vitataḥ purutrā so aṣṭadhā
divam anvātatāna /
VSM, 9, 24.1 vājasyemāṃ prasavaḥ śiśriye
divam imā ca viśvā bhuvanāni samrāṭ /
VSM, 11, 12.2 divi te janma paramam antarikṣe tava nābhiḥ pṛthivyām adhi yonir it //
VSM, 11, 20.1 dyaus te pṛṣṭhaṃ pṛthivī sadhastham ātmāntarikṣaṃ samudro yoniḥ /
VSM, 11, 27.1 tvam agne
dyubhis tvam āśuśukṣaṇis tvam adbhyas tvam aśmanas pari /
VSM, 11, 29.2 vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkare
divo mātrayā varimṇā prathasva //
VSM, 11, 58.5 ādityās tvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvad dhruvāsi
dyaur asi /
VSM, 12, 1.2 agnir amṛto abhavad vayobhir yad enaṃ
dyaur janayat suretāḥ //
VSM, 12, 5.3 viṣṇoḥ kramo 'sy arātīyato hantā jāgataṃ chanda āroha
divam anu vikramasva /
VSM, 12, 6.1 akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyauḥ kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ samañjan /
VSM, 12, 18.1 divas pari prathamaṃ jajñe agnir asmād dvitīyaṃ pari jātavedāḥ /
VSM, 12, 20.1 samudre tvā nṛmaṇā apsv antar nṛcakṣā īdhe
divo agna ūdhan /
VSM, 12, 21.1 akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyauḥ kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ samañjan /
VSM, 12, 24.2 iyarti dhūmam aruṣaṃ bharibhrad ucchukreṇa śociṣā
dyām inakṣan //
VSM, 12, 25.2 agnir amṛto abhavad vayobhir yad enaṃ
dyaur janayat suretāḥ //
VSM, 12, 28.1 tvām agne yajamānā anu
dyūn viśvā vasu dadhire vāryāṇi /
VSM, 12, 33.1 akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyauḥ kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ samañjan /
VSM, 12, 48.1 agne yat te
divi varcaḥ pṛthivyāṃ yad oṣadhīṣv apsv ā yajatra /
VSM, 12, 49.1 agne
divo arṇam acchā jigāsy acchā devāṁ ūciṣe dhiṣṇyā ye /
VSM, 12, 102.1 mā mā hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ pṛthivyā yo vā
divaṃ satyadharmā vyānaṭ /
VSM, 12, 113.2 āpyāyamāno amṛtāya soma
divi śravāṃsy uttamāni dhiṣva //
VSM, 13, 2.2 vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkare
divo mātrayā varimṇā prathasva //
VSM, 13, 4.2 sa dādhāra pṛthivīṃ
dyām utemāṃ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
VSM, 13, 5.1 drapsaś caskanda pṛthivīm anu
dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ /
VSM, 13, 6.2 ye antarikṣe ye
divi tebhyaḥ sarpebhyo namaḥ //
VSM, 13, 15.2 divi mūrdhānaṃ dadhiṣe svarṣāṃ jihvām agne cakriṣe havyavāham //
VSM, 13, 45.1 yo 'gnir agner adhyajāyata śokāt pṛthivyā uta vā
divas pari /
VSM, 14, 24.4 mitrasya bhāgo 'si varuṇasyādhipatyaṃ
divo vṛṣṭir vāta spṛta ekaviṃśa stomaḥ //
VSM, 15, 10.1 rājñy asi prācī dig vasavas te devā adhipatayo 'gnir hetīnāṃ pratidhartā trivṛt tvā stomaḥ pṛthivyāṃ śrayatv ājyam uktham avyathāyai stabhnātu rathantaraṃ sāma pratiṣṭhityā antarikṣa ṛṣayas tvā prathamajā deveṣu
divo mātrayā varimṇā prathantu vidhartā cāyam adhipatiś ca te tvā sarve saṃvidānā nākasya pṛṣṭhe svarge loke yajamānaṃ ca sādayantu //
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 2, 6.1 yatra śete tadabhimṛśet veda te bhūmi hṛdayaṃ
divi candramasi śritam /
VārGS, 17, 6.2 agnaye pṛthivyai vāyave 'ntarikṣāya sūryāya
dive candramase nakṣatrebhya iti //
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 5, 9.3 sūryo
divo yajñaṃ pātu vāyur antarikṣād yajñapatiṃ pātv agnir māṃ pātu mānuṣam iti japati //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 3, 4.1 devaṃgamam asīty antarvedy āsādya barhis triḥ prokṣati
dive tvety agram antarikṣāya tveti madhyaṃ pṛthivyai tveti mūlam //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 12.2 upahūto
dyauḥ pitopa māṃ dyauḥ pitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhety upahūya pṛthivyās tvā dātrā prāśnāmy antarikṣasya tvā dātrā prāśnāmi divas tvā dātrā prāśnāmi diśāṃ tvā dātrā prāśnāmīti prāśnāti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 12.2 upahūto dyauḥ pitopa māṃ
dyauḥ pitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhety upahūya pṛthivyās tvā dātrā prāśnāmy antarikṣasya tvā dātrā prāśnāmi divas tvā dātrā prāśnāmi diśāṃ tvā dātrā prāśnāmīti prāśnāti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 12.2 upahūto dyauḥ pitopa māṃ dyauḥ pitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhety upahūya pṛthivyās tvā dātrā prāśnāmy antarikṣasya tvā dātrā prāśnāmi
divas tvā dātrā prāśnāmi diśāṃ tvā dātrā prāśnāmīti prāśnāti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 6, 6.1 saṃjānāthāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī iti barhiṣi vidhṛtī visṛjya prastaram anakti pṛthivyām aṅkṣveti dhruvāyāṃ mūlam antarikṣe 'ṅkṣvety upabhṛti madhyaṃ
divyaṅkṣveti juhvām agram //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 7, 12.1 idhmaparivāsanāny upasamādhāya dakṣiṇāgnau caturgṛhīta ājye phalīkaraṇāny āvāpaṃ juhoti agne 'dabdhāyo 'dabdhamano pāhi mā
divaḥ pāhi prasityāḥ pāhi duriṣṭyāḥ pāhi duradmanyā aviṣaṃ naḥ pituṃ kṛdhi sudhīṃ yoniṃ suṣadāṃ pṛthivīṃ svāheti //
VārŚS, 1, 4, 4, 3.3 yā te agne sūrye śuciḥ priyā tanūr yā
divi yā bṛhati yā stanayitnau yā jāgate chandasīdaṃ te tām avarunddhe tasyai te svāheti tisra āhutīḥ //
VārŚS, 1, 5, 1, 3.3 yā te agne utsīdataḥ sūrye śuciḥ priyā tanūs tayā saha
divam āroha jāgatena ca chandaseti //
VārŚS, 1, 5, 3, 6.0 sajūr jātavedo
divā pṛthivyā juṣāṇo asya haviṣo vīhi svāheti juhuyād yatra rudraḥ paśūn abhimanyeta //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 1, 3.0 graheṇa dvitīyām vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā
divi devāmṛdaṃ hotrām airayaṃ svāheti //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 3, 1.3 iti snātaṃ yūpaṃ tīrthenopasādya tūṣṇīkāṃ yavamatīḥ prokṣaṇīḥ saṃskṛtya yūpaṃ prokṣati pṛthivyai tveti mūlam antarikṣāya tveti madhyaṃ
dive tvety agram /
VārŚS, 1, 6, 3, 25.1 divaḥ sānūpeṣety uttame raśanāguṇe svarum upakṛṣyājam upākaroti śvetaṃ lohitaṃ dvirūpaṃ vā śmaśrulam //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 7, 28.1 ekādaśabhiḥ pracarya svaruṃ juhvāṃ trir upariṣṭāt trir adhastād aktvā dadhāti
divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatv iti //
VārŚS, 2, 1, 6, 36.0 kūrmaṃ kacchapaṃ matsyaṃ dadhnā madhunā ghṛtena madhu vātā ṛtāyata iti tisṛbhiḥ samājyāpāṃ tvā gahmant sādayāmīty abhimantrya mahī
dyaur iti purastāt pratyañcaṃ sādayati //
VārŚS, 2, 2, 2, 5.1 retaḥsicam upadhāya parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu
divaḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīm iti viśvajyotiṣam //
VārŚS, 2, 2, 2, 17.1 parameṣṭhī tvā sādayatu
divaḥ pṛṣṭhe vyacasvatīm iti svayamātṛṇṇām adhvaryuḥ prothadaśva iti vikarṇīṃ śarkarāṃ pratiprasthātā yugapad upadhattaḥ //
VārŚS, 3, 1, 2, 24.0 divaṃ proṣṭhanīm āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām ity ārohantam anumantrayate //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 2, 1.1 agne samrāḍ ajaikapād āhavanīya
divaḥ pṛthivyāḥ paryantarikṣāllokaṃ vinda yajamānāya /
ĀpŚS, 6, 8, 1.1 agnaye ca tvā pṛthivyai connayāmīti prathamaṃ vāyave ca tvāntarikṣāya ceti dvitīyaṃ sūryāya ca tvā
dive ceti tṛtīyaṃ candramase ca tvā nakṣatrebhyaś ceti caturtham //
ĀpŚS, 6, 14, 12.1 tac ced atihanyāt sajūr jātavedo
diva ā pṛthivyā asya haviṣo ghṛtasya vīhi svāheti sāyaṃ prātar ājyena juhuyāt //
ĀpŚS, 6, 22, 1.4 svasti vo 'stu ye mām anustha ṣaṇ morvīr aṃhasas pāntu
dyauś ca pṛthivī cāpaś cauṣadhayaś cork ca sūnṛtā ca /
ĀpŚS, 7, 2, 7.0 divam agreṇa mā lekhīr iti prāñcaṃ pātayaty udañcaṃ prāñcam udañcaṃ vā //
ĀpŚS, 7, 6, 7.2 asmāt samudrād bṛhato
divo no 'pāṃ bhūmānam upa naḥ sṛjeha /
ĀpŚS, 7, 9, 9.3 pṛthivyai tveti mūlam antarikṣāya tveti madhyaṃ
dive tvety agram //
ĀpŚS, 7, 11, 9.0 yaṃ kāmayeta pumān asya jāyetety āntaṃ tasya praveṣṭyāṇimati sthavimat pravīya
divaḥ sūnur asīti svarum ādāyāntarikṣasya tvā sānāv avagūhāmīty uttareṇāgniṣṭhāṃ madhyame raśanāguṇe 'vagūhati //
ĀpŚS, 7, 27, 4.0 pratyākramya juhvāṃ svarum avadhāyānūyājānte juhoti
dyām te dhūmo gacchatv antarikṣam arciḥ pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇasva svāheti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 2, 9.0 āgatya vājy adhvana ākramya vājin pṛthivīm iti dvābhyāṃ mṛtkhanam aśvam ākramayya
dyaus te pṛṣṭham ity aśvasya pṛṣṭhaṃ saṃmārṣṭi //
ĀpŚS, 16, 6, 4.0 yo 'sya kauṣṭhya jagataḥ pārthivasyaika id vaśī yamaṃ bhaṅgyaśravo gāya yo rājānaparodhyaḥ yamaṃ gāya bhaṅgyaśravo yo rājānaparodhyaḥ yenāpo nadyo dhanvāni yena
dyauḥ pṛthivī dṛḍhā hiraṇyakakṣyān sudhurān hiraṇyākṣān ayaḥśaphān aśvān anaśyato dānaṃ yamo rājābhitiṣṭhatīti tisṛbhir yamagāthābhiḥ parigāyati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 7, 3.0 rāyo agne mahe tvā dānāya samidhīmahi īḍiṣvā hi mahī vṛṣan
dyāvā hotrāya pṛthivīm iti yady ekaviṃśatiḥ //
ĀpŚS, 16, 11, 6.1 divas parīty ekādaśabhir dvādaśabhis trayodaśabhir vā vātsapreṇopatiṣṭhate //
ĀpŚS, 16, 15, 1.1 cātvālasthānāt purīṣam āhṛtya pṛṣṭo
divīti vaiśvānaryarcā citāv anuvyūhati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 25, 1.1 madhu vātā ṛtāyata iti tisṛbhir dadhnā madhumiśreṇa kūrmam abhyajya mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na iti purastāt svayamātṛṇṇāyāḥ pratyañcaṃ jīvantaṃ prāṅmukha upadadhāti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 29, 1.10 tenaitu yajamānaḥ svastyā
divo 'dhi pṛṣṭham asthād iti pañca hiraṇyeṣṭakāḥ pratidiśam /
ĀpŚS, 16, 32, 4.3 dyaur vaśā stanayitnur garbho nakṣatrāṇi jarāyu sūryo vatso vṛṣṭiḥ pīyūṣaḥ /
ĀpŚS, 16, 33, 3.1 divi śrayasveti bārhaspatyaṃ naivāraṃ payasi caruṃ madhye kumbheṣṭakānām upadadhāti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 34, 6.1 tam ālabhya cātvālāt purīṣam āhṛtya pṛṣṭo
divīti vaiśvānaryarcā citāv anuvyūhati //
ĀpŚS, 18, 6, 4.1 divaṃ proṣṭhinīm āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām ity ārohantam abhimantrayate //
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 18.1 cātvālāt purīṣam āhṛtya pṛṣṭo
divīti vaiśvānaryarcā citāv anuvyūhati //
ĀpŚS, 20, 4, 5.1 atraitam aiṣīkam apaplāvyān udakam aśvam ākramayyāntarā sthānam ākramaṇaṃ cedaṃ viṣṇuḥ pra tad viṣṇur
divo vā viṣṇav ity aśvasya pade tisro vaiṣṇavīr hutvāśvasya stokān anumantrayate 'gnaye svāhā somāya svāheti //
ĀpŚS, 20, 16, 18.0 vi te muñcāmīty etam aśvaṃ vimucya rathavāhanaṃ havir asya nāmeti rathavāhane ratham atyādhāya
dyaus te pṛṣṭham ity aśvasya pṛṣṭhaṃ saṃmārṣṭi //
ĀpŚS, 20, 17, 1.1 ākrān vājī kramair atyakramīd vājī
dyaus te pṛṣṭham ity aśvam abhimantrya yathopākṛtaṃ niyujya prokṣyopapāyayati //
ĀpŚS, 20, 20, 3.1 prajāpates tvā prasave pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ
divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmīti mahimnoḥ saṃsrāveṇābhiṣiñcati //
ĀpŚS, 20, 21, 6.1 ākrān vājī kramair atyakramīd vājī
dyaus te pṛṣṭham iti vaitasena kaṭenāśvatūparagomṛgān sarvahutān hutveluvardāya svāhā balivardāya svāhety aśvam abhijuhoti //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 3, 8, 19.0 devānāṃ pratiṣṭhe sthaḥ sarvato mā pātam ity upānahāvāsthāya
divaś chadmāsīti chatram ādatte //
ĀśvGS, 3, 11, 2.2 dyaur vṛtā sādityena vṛtā tayā vṛtayā vartryā yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā //
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 4, 3, 1.3 yā te dhāmāni
divi yā pṛthivyām ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim ya imā viśvā jātāni sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasaṃ mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānāṃ sed agnir agnīṁr atyastv anyān iti dve saṃyājye /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 3, 1.3 yā te dhāmāni divi yā pṛthivyām ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim ya imā viśvā jātāni sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ
dyām anehasaṃ mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānāṃ sed agnir agnīṁr atyastv anyān iti dve saṃyājye /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 6, 3.5 mahān mahī astabhāyad vijāto
dyāṃ pitā sadma pārthivaṃ ca rajaḥ /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 7, 4.3 samiddho agnir vṛṣaṇā ratir
divas tapto gharmo duhyate vām iṣe madhu /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 7, 4.6 vi nākam akhyat savitā vareṇyo nu
dyāvā pṛthivī supraṇītir ity āsicyamāna ā nūnam aśvinor ṛṣir iti gavya ā sute siñcata śriyam ity āja āsiktayoḥ sam u tye mahatīr apa iti /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 10, 5.2 antaś ca prāgā aditir bhavāsi śyeno na yoniṃ sadanaṃ dhiyā kṛtam astabhnād
dyām asuro viśvavedā iti paridadhyād uttarayā vā kṣemācāre //
ĀśvŚS, 4, 13, 7.9 divas pari iti sūktayoḥ pūrvasyottamām uddharet tvaṃ hy agne prathama iti ṣaṇṇāṃ dvitīyam uddharet puro vo mandram iti catvāri /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 13, 7.16 janasya gopās tvām agna ṛtāyava imam ū ṣu vo atithim uṣarbudham iti nava tvam agne
dyubhir iti sūkte tvam agne prathamo aṅgirā nū cit sahojā amṛto ni tundata iti pañca /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 9, 3.0 yas tastambha yo adribhid yajñe
diva iti sūkte asteva suprataram ā yātv indraḥ svapatir imāṃ dhiyam iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsī //
ĀśvŚS, 9, 7, 35.0 imā u tvā
dyaur na ya indreti madhyaṃdino yaḥ kāmayeta naiṣṇihyaṃ pāpmana iyām iti sa ṛtapeyena yajeta //
ĀśvŚS, 9, 11, 16.0 tam indraṃ vājayāmasi mahān indro ya ojasā nūnam aśvinā taṃ vāṃ rathaṃ madhumatīr oṣadhīr
dyāva āpa iti paridhānīyā panāyyaṃ tad aśvinā kṛtaṃ vām iti yājyā //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 13.2 viṣṇustvā kramatāmiti yajño vai viṣṇuḥ sa devebhya imāṃ vikrāntiṃ vicakrame yaiṣāmiyaṃ vikrāntir idameva prathamena padena paspārāthedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyena
divamuttamenaitām v evaiṣa etasmai viṣṇuryajño vikrāntiṃ vikramate //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 11.2 dhartramasi
divaṃ dṛṃheti diva eva rūpeṇaitadeva dṛṃhaty etenaiva ... vadhāyeti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 11.2 dhartramasi divaṃ dṛṃheti
diva eva rūpeṇaitadeva dṛṃhaty etenaiva ... vadhāyeti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 16.2 diva skambhanīr asīty antarikṣam eva rūpeṇāntarikṣeṇa hīme dyāvāpṛthivī viṣṭabdhe tasmādāha diva skambhanīr asīti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 16.2 diva skambhanīr asīty antarikṣam eva rūpeṇāntarikṣeṇa hīme dyāvāpṛthivī viṣṭabdhe tasmādāha
diva skambhanīr asīti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 17.2 dhiṣaṇāsi pārvateyī prati tvā parvatī vettviti kanīyasī hyeṣā duhiteva bhavati tasmād āha pārvateyīti prati tvā parvatī vettviti prati hi svaḥ saṃjānīte tatsaṃjñāmevaitad dṛṣadupalābhyāṃ vadati ned anyonyaṃ hinasāta iti
dyaurevaiṣā rūpeṇa hanū eva dṛṣadupale jihvaiva śamyā tasmācchamyayā samāhanti jihvayā hi vadati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 14.2 yaścainaṃ dveṣṭi tamevaitadebhiśca lokairabhinidadhāti yad u cemāṃllokān ati caturtham asyā eva sarvaṃ haraty asyāṃ hīme sarve lokāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ kiṃ hi harad yad antarikṣaṃ harāmi
divaṃ harāmīti haret tasmādasyā eva sarvaṃ harati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te
dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te
dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 17.2 apārarum pṛthivyai devayajanād badhyāsam ity ararurha vai nāmāsurarakṣasam āsa taṃ devā asyā apāghnanta tatho evainametadeṣo 'syā apahate vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānaṃ varṣatu te
dyaur badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smāndveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 18.2 araro
divam mā papta iti yatra vai devā ararum asurarakṣasam apāghnata sa divam apipatiṣat tam agnir abhinyadadhād araro divam mā papta iti sa na divam apat tatho evainam etad adhvaryur evāsmāllokād antareti divo 'dhyagnīt tasmādevaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 18.2 araro divam mā papta iti yatra vai devā ararum asurarakṣasam apāghnata sa
divam apipatiṣat tam agnir abhinyadadhād araro divam mā papta iti sa na divam apat tatho evainam etad adhvaryur evāsmāllokād antareti divo 'dhyagnīt tasmādevaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 18.2 araro divam mā papta iti yatra vai devā ararum asurarakṣasam apāghnata sa divam apipatiṣat tam agnir abhinyadadhād araro
divam mā papta iti sa na divam apat tatho evainam etad adhvaryur evāsmāllokād antareti divo 'dhyagnīt tasmādevaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 18.2 araro divam mā papta iti yatra vai devā ararum asurarakṣasam apāghnata sa divam apipatiṣat tam agnir abhinyadadhād araro divam mā papta iti sa na
divam apat tatho evainam etad adhvaryur evāsmāllokād antareti divo 'dhyagnīt tasmādevaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 18.2 araro divam mā papta iti yatra vai devā ararum asurarakṣasam apāghnata sa divam apipatiṣat tam agnir abhinyadadhād araro divam mā papta iti sa na divam apat tatho evainam etad adhvaryur evāsmāllokād antareti
divo 'dhyagnīt tasmādevaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 19.2 drapsaste
dyām mā skannity ayaṃ vā asyai drapso yamasyā imaṃ rasaṃ prajā upajīvanty eṣa te divam mā paptad ity evaitadāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ... maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 19.2 drapsaste dyām mā skannity ayaṃ vā asyai drapso yamasyā imaṃ rasaṃ prajā upajīvanty eṣa te
divam mā paptad ity evaitadāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ... maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 22.2 tad veti bhavati vītaya iti samantikamiva ha vā ime 'gre lokā āsur ity unmṛśyā haiva
dyaurāsa //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 28.2 ado vai bṛhadyasmindevā etatsuvīryaṃ yasmin devāḥ saiṣaitam eva lokamabhyanūktā
divamevaitamevaitayā lokaṃ jayati yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāmanvāhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 19.2 upahūtaṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyopa māṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyā hvayatām upahūtaṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇopa māṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇa hvayatām upahūtam bṛhatsaha
divopa mām bṛhatsaha divā hvayatāmiti tadetāmevaitadupahvayamāna imāṃśca lokān upahvayata etāni ca sāmāni //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 19.2 upahūtaṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyopa māṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyā hvayatām upahūtaṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇopa māṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇa hvayatām upahūtam bṛhatsaha divopa mām bṛhatsaha
divā hvayatāmiti tadetāmevaitadupahvayamāna imāṃśca lokān upahvayata etāni ca sāmāni //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 41.2 tadagnīdha ādadhāti tadagnītprāśnātyupahūtā pṛthivī mātopa mām pṛthivī mātā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhopahūto
dyauṣpitopa māṃ dyauṣpitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāheti dyāvāpṛthivyo vā eṣa yadāgnīdhras tasmād evam prāśnāti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 41.2 tadagnīdha ādadhāti tadagnītprāśnātyupahūtā pṛthivī mātopa mām pṛthivī mātā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhopahūto dyauṣpitopa māṃ
dyauṣpitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāheti dyāvāpṛthivyo vā eṣa yadāgnīdhras tasmād evam prāśnāti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 10.2 tadvai kaniṣṭhaṃ chandaḥ sadgāyatrī prathamā chandasāṃ yujyate tad u tadvīryeṇaiva yacchyeno bhūtvā
divaḥ somamāharat tad ayathāyatham manyante yatkaniṣṭhaṃ chandaḥ sadgāyatrī prathamā chandasāṃ yujyate 'thātra yathāyathaṃ devāśchandāṃsyakalpayannanuyājeṣu net pāpavasyasam asad iti //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 11.1 bhūr iti vai prajāpatir imām ajanayata bhuva ity antarikṣaṃ svar iti
divam /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.1 atha purastāt parītya pūrvārdham ulmukānām abhipadya japati
dyaur iva bhūmnā pṛthivīva varimṇeti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.3 yadāha
dyaur iva bhūmneti pṛthivīva varimṇeti yatheyaṃ pṛthivy urvy evam urur bhūyāsam ity evaitad āha /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 29.1 atha sarparājñyā ṛgbhir upatiṣṭhata āyaṃ gauḥ pṛśnir akramīd asadan mātaram puraḥ pitaraṃ ca prayant svaḥ antaś carati rocanāsya prāṇād apānatī vyakhyan mahiṣo
divaṃ triṃśaddhāma virājati vāk pataṅgāya dhīyate prati vastor aha dyubhir iti tat /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 29.1 atha sarparājñyā ṛgbhir upatiṣṭhata āyaṃ gauḥ pṛśnir akramīd asadan mātaram puraḥ pitaraṃ ca prayant svaḥ antaś carati rocanāsya prāṇād apānatī vyakhyan mahiṣo divaṃ triṃśaddhāma virājati vāk pataṅgāya dhīyate prati vastor aha
dyubhir iti tat /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 15.3 atha yad agnaye śucaye nirvapati yad evāsya
divi rūpaṃ tad evāsyaitenāpnoti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 16.2 ayaṃ vai lokaḥ prathamaṃ havir athedam antarikṣaṃ dvitīyaṃ
dyaur eva tṛtīyam /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 1.2 sa yadeva varṣiṣṭhaṃ syāttajjoṣayer anyad anyad bhūmer nābhiśayītāto vai devā
divam upodakrāman devānvā eṣa upotkrāmati yo dīkṣate sa sadeve devayajane yajate sa yaddhānyad bhūmer abhiśayītāvaratara iva heṣṭvā syāttasmādyadeva varṣiṣṭhaṃ syāt tajjoṣayeran //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 3.2 tadeṣāṃ lokānāṃ rūpaṃ tadenameṣu lokeṣvadhi dīkṣayati yāni śuklāni tāni
divo rūpaṃ yāni kṛṣṇāni tānyasyai yadi vetarathā yānyeva kṛṣṇāni tāni divo rūpaṃ yāni śuklāni tānyasyai yānyeva babhrūṇīva harīṇi tānyantarikṣasya rūpaṃ tadenameṣu lokeṣvadhi dīkṣayati //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 3.2 tadeṣāṃ lokānāṃ rūpaṃ tadenameṣu lokeṣvadhi dīkṣayati yāni śuklāni tāni divo rūpaṃ yāni kṛṣṇāni tānyasyai yadi vetarathā yānyeva kṛṣṇāni tāni
divo rūpaṃ yāni śuklāni tānyasyai yānyeva babhrūṇīva harīṇi tānyantarikṣasya rūpaṃ tadenameṣu lokeṣvadhi dīkṣayati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 5.2 dive tvāntarikṣāya tvā pṛthivyai tveti vajro vai yūpa eṣāṃ lokānām abhiguptyā eṣāṃ tvā lokānām abhiguptyai prokṣāmītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 14.2 dyāmagreṇāspṛkṣa āntarikṣam madhyenāprāḥ pṛthivīmupareṇādṛṃhīriti vajro vai yūpa eṣāṃ lokānāmabhijityai tena vajreṇemāṃl lokānt spṛṇuta ebhyo lokebhyaḥ sapatnānnirbhajati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 18.2 tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ
divīva cakṣurātatamiti vajraṃ vai eṣa prāhārṣīdyo yūpam udaśiśriyat tāṃ viṣṇorvijitim paśyatetyevaitadāha yadāha tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ divīva cakṣurātatamiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 18.2 tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ divīva cakṣurātatamiti vajraṃ vai eṣa prāhārṣīdyo yūpam udaśiśriyat tāṃ viṣṇorvijitim paśyatetyevaitadāha yadāha tadviṣṇoḥ paramam padaṃ sadā paśyanti sūrayaḥ
divīva cakṣurātatamiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 22.2 divaḥ sūnurasīti prajā haivāsyaiṣā tasmādyadi yūpaikādaśinī syāt svaṃ svamevāvagūhed aviparyāsaṃ tasya haiṣāmugdhānuvratā prajā jāyate 'tha yo viparyāsamavagūhati na svaṃ svaṃ tasya haiṣā mugdhānanuvratā prajā jāyate tasmād u svaṃ svamevāvagūhed aviparyāsam //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 32.2 yūpaśakalameva juhoti tadahaiṣa svagākṛto bhavati tatho rakṣāṃsi yajñaṃ nānūtpibante 'yaṃ vai vajra udyata iti sa juhoti
divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu svar jyotiḥ pṛthivīm bhasmanāpṛṇa svāheti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 30.2 ito vā ayamūrdhvo medha utthito yamasyā imaṃ rasam prajā upajīvanty arvācīnaṃ
divo raso vai vasāhomo raso medho rasenaivaitad rasaṃ tīvrīkaroti tasmād ayaṃ raso 'dyamāno na kṣīyate //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 31.2 ardharcau yājyāyai vasāhomaṃ juhotīyaṃ vā ardharco 'sau
dyaur ardharco 'ntarā vai dyāvāpṛthivī antarikṣam antarikṣāya vai juhoti tasmād antareṇārdharcau yājyāyai vasāhomaṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 17.2 prathamāvaśānteṣv aṅgāreṣv etaṃ soṣṇīṣaṃ garbhamādatte taṃ prāṅ tiṣṭhañjuhoti mārutyarcā maruto yasya hi kṣaye pāthā
divo vimahasaḥ sa sugopātamo jana iti na svāhākaroty ahutādo vai devānām maruto viḍ ahutamivaitad yad asvāhākṛtaṃ devānāṃ vai marutas tadenam marutsveva pratiṣṭhāpayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 18.2 mahī
dyauḥ pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñam mimikṣatām pipṛtāṃ no bharīmabhiriti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 3.1 tasmād etad ṛṣiṇābhyanūktaṃ na te mahitvam anubhūd adha
dyaur yad anyayā sphigyā kṣām avasthā iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.1 atho abhy eva mṛśed devān
divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 6.2 prasavaḥ śiśriye
divam imā ca viśvā bhuvanāni samrāṭ aditsantaṃ dāpayati prajānant sa no rayiṃ sarvavīraṃ niyacchatu svāhā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā sāsau
dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 14.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya sarvaṃ vai saṃvatsaraḥ sarveṇaivainam etad dīkṣayati yāni puṇḍarīkāṇi tāni
divo rūpaṃ tāni nakṣatrāṇāṃ rūpaṃ ye vadhakāste 'ntarikṣasya rūpaṃ yāni bisāni tānyasyai tadenameṣu lokeṣvadhi dīkṣayati //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā
dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 4.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa ādityena
divam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad reto bibhṛhīti tataś candramā asṛjyataiṣa vai reto 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritam āsīt tāni nakṣatrāṇyabhavann atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīttā avāntaradiśo 'bhavann atha yat kapālamāsīt tā diśo 'bhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 8.2 vācam mithunaṃ samabhavat sa dvādaśa drapsāngarbhyabhavat te dvādaśādityā asṛjyanta
tāndivyupādadhāt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 10.2 agnimeva sṛṣṭaṃ vasavo 'nvasṛjyanta tānasyāmupādadhādvāyuṃ rudrās tān antarikṣa ādityam
ādityāstāndivi viśve devāścandramasaṃ tāndikṣūpādadhāditi //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 36.2 kasmai kāmāyāgniścīyata iti suparṇo mā bhūtvā
divaṃ vahād ity u haika āhur na tathā vidyād etadvai rūpaṃ kṛtvā prāṇāḥ prajāpatir abhavann etad rūpaṃ kṛtvā prajāpatir devān asṛjataitad rūpaṃ kṛtvā devā amṛtā abhavaṃs tad yad evaitena prāṇā abhavan yat prajāpatir yad devās tad evaitena bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 5.2 cetayadhvameveti citimicchateti vāva tadabruvann ita ūrdhvam icchateti teṣāṃ cetayamānānām parameṣṭhī
divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ svayamātṛṇṇāṃ citimapaśyat tasmāt tām parameṣṭhinopadadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 6.2 upāhamāyānīti keneti lokampṛṇayeti tathety eṣa vāva lokampṛṇātmanā haiva taduvāca tasmāttṛtīyā svayamātṛṇṇānantarhitā lokampṛṇāyā upadhīyate tasmād asāvādityo 'nantarhito
divo 'nantarhito hyeṣa etayopait //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 8.2 upa vayamāyāmeti keneti yadeṣu lokeṣūpeti tatheti tadyadūrdhvam pṛthivyā arvācīnam antarikṣāt tena devā upāyaṃs tad eṣā dvitīyā citir atha yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ
divastenarṣaya upāyaṃs tadeṣā caturthī citiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 15.2 mano vai savitā prāṇā devāḥ svaryato dhiyā
divamiti svargaṃ haināṃ lokaṃ yato dhiyaitasmai karmaṇe yuyuje bṛhajjyotiḥ kariṣyata ity asau vā ādityo bṛhajjyotir eṣa u eṣo 'gnir etam v ete saṃskariṣyanto bhavanti savitā prasuvāti tāniti savitṛprasūtā etat karma karavann ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 2.2 pratūrtaṃ vājinnādraveti yadvai kṣipraṃ tat tūrtam atha yat kṣiprāt kṣepīyas tat pratūrtaṃ variṣṭhām anu saṃvatam itīyaṃ vai variṣṭhā saṃvad imāmanu saṃvatam
ityetaddivi te janma paramam antarikṣe tava nābhiḥ pṛthivyām adhi yonirid iti tad enametā devatāḥ karoty agniṃ vāyum ādityaṃ tad aśve vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 12.2 etadvā enaṃ devāḥ procivāṃsaṃ vīryeṇa samārdhayaṃs tathaivainam ayam etat procivāṃsaṃ vīryeṇa samardhayati
dyauste pṛṣṭham pṛthivī sadhastham ātmāntarikṣaṃ samudro yonir itīttham asīttham asīty evaitadāha vikhyāya cakṣuṣā tvam abhitiṣṭha pṛtanyata iti vikhyāya cakṣuṣā tvam abhitiṣṭha sarvān pāpmana ity etan nopaspṛśati vajro vā aśvo nen māyaṃ vajro hinasaditi //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 25.2 pari tvāgne puraṃ vayaṃ tvamagne
dyubhirity agnimevāsmā etad upastutya varma karoti parivatībhiḥ parīva hi pura āgneyībhir agnipurām evāsmā etatkaroti sā haiṣāgnipurā dīpyamānā tiṣṭhati tisṛbhis tripuram evāsmā etatkaroti tasmād u haitat purām paramaṃ rūpaṃ yat tripuraṃ sa vai varṣīyasā varṣīyasā chandasā parāṃ parāṃ lekhāṃ varīyasīṃ karoti tasmāt purāṃ parā parā varīyasī lekhā bhavanti lekhā hi puraḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 8.2 apāṃ hyetatpṛṣṭhaṃ yonirhyetadagneḥ samudram abhitaḥ pinvamānamiti samudro hyetadabhitaḥ pinvate vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkara iti vardhamāno mahīyasva puṣkara
ityetaddivo mātrayā varimṇā prathasvetyanuvimārṣṭy asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir no haitamanyo divo varimā yantum arhati dyaur bhūtvainaṃ yacchetyevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 8.2 apāṃ hyetatpṛṣṭhaṃ yonirhyetadagneḥ samudram abhitaḥ pinvamānamiti samudro hyetadabhitaḥ pinvate vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkara iti vardhamāno mahīyasva puṣkara ityetaddivo mātrayā varimṇā prathasvetyanuvimārṣṭy asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir no haitamanyo
divo varimā yantum arhati dyaur bhūtvainaṃ yacchetyevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 8.2 apāṃ hyetatpṛṣṭhaṃ yonirhyetadagneḥ samudram abhitaḥ pinvamānamiti samudro hyetadabhitaḥ pinvate vardhamāno mahāṁ ā ca puṣkara iti vardhamāno mahīyasva puṣkara ityetaddivo mātrayā varimṇā prathasvetyanuvimārṣṭy asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir no haitamanyo divo varimā yantum arhati
dyaur bhūtvainaṃ yacchetyevaitad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 9.2 yajño vai kṛṣṇājinamiyaṃ vai kṛṣṇājinam iyam u vai yajño 'syāṃ hi yajñastāyate
dyauṣpuṣkaraparṇam āpo vai dyaur āpaḥ puṣkaraparṇamuttaro vā asāvasyai //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 9.2 yajño vai kṛṣṇājinamiyaṃ vai kṛṣṇājinam iyam u vai yajño 'syāṃ hi yajñastāyate dyauṣpuṣkaraparṇam āpo vai
dyaur āpaḥ puṣkaraparṇamuttaro vā asāvasyai //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi
dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti
dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti
dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā
divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno
divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro
dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 2.4 agnir amṛto abhavad vayobhir iti sarvair vā eṣa vayobhir amṛto 'bhavad yad enaṃ
dyaur ajanayad iti /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 6.14 suparṇo 'si garutmān
divaṃ gaccha svaḥ pateti tad enaṃ suparṇaṃ garutmantaṃ kṛtvāha devān gaccha svargaṃ lokam pateti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 2.1 akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyaur iti krandatīva hi parjanya stanayan /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 3.1 divas pari prathamaṃ jajñe agnir iti prāṇo vai divaḥ prāṇād u vā eṣa prathamam ajāyata /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 3.1 divas pari prathamaṃ jajñe agnir iti prāṇo vai
divaḥ prāṇād u vā eṣa prathamam ajāyata /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 2, 2.1 ayaṃ vāva loka eṣo 'gniś citaḥ antarikṣam mahāvrataṃ
dyaur mahad uktham /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 2.3 yathā jyotir adhūmam evaṃ jyāyān
divo jyāyān ākāśāj jyāyān asyai pṛthivyai jyāyānt sarvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 4, 1.2 saṃvatsara ātmāśvasya medhyasya
dyauṣ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam udaram pṛthivī pājasyaṃ diśaḥ pārśve avāntaradiśaḥ parśava ṛtavo 'ṅgāni māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca parvāṇy ahorātrāṇi pratiṣṭhā nakṣatrāṇy asthīni nabho māṃsāny ūvadhyaṃ sikatāḥ sindhavo gudā yakṛc ca klomānaś ca parvatā oṣadhayaś ca vanaspatayaś ca lomāny udyan pūrvārdho nimlocan jaghanārdhaḥ /
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 14.0 kā svidāsītpūrvacittiriti
dyaurvai vṛṣṭiḥ pūrvacittirdivameva vṛṣṭimavarunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 14.0 kā svidāsītpūrvacittiriti dyaurvai vṛṣṭiḥ
pūrvacittirdivameva vṛṣṭimavarunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 13.0 tasyai pañcadaśa sāmidhenyo bhavanti pañcadaśo vai vajro vīryaṃ vajro vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamānaḥ purastāt pāpmānam apahate vārtraghnāvājyabhāgau pāpmā vai vṛtraḥ pāpmano 'pahatyā agnir mūrdhā
divaḥ kakud bhuvo yajñasya rajasaśca netety upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye mūrdhanvaty anyā bhavati sadvatyanyaiṣa vai mūrdhā ya eṣa tapaty etasyaivāvaruddhyā atha yat sadvatī sadevāvarunddhe virājau saṃyājye sarvadevatyaṃ vā etacchando yad virāṭ sarve kāmā aśvamedhe sarvān devān prītvā sarvān kāmān āpnavānīti hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā suvarṇaṃ śatamānaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 12.0 athāta āgnimārutam mūrdhānaṃ
divo aratim pṛthivyā iti vaiśvānarīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāty ā rudrāsa indravantaḥ sajoṣasa iti mārutaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti imam ū ṣu vo atithim uṣarbudhamiti navarcaṃ jātavedasīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti tad yad aikāhikāni nividdhānāni bhavanti pratiṣṭhā vai jyotiṣṭomaḥ pratiṣṭhāyā apracyutyai //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 17.0 sa hotādhvaryum pṛcchati kā svid āsīt pūrvacittiriti tam pratyāha
dyaur āsīt pūrvacittiriti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 14.0 atha caturthyā mahad adya bharatasya na pūrve nāpare janāḥ
divam martya iva bāhubhyāṃ nodāpuḥ pañca mānavā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 23.0 atha caturthyā mahadadya bharatānāṃ na pūrve nāpare janāḥ
divam martya iva pakṣābhyāṃ nodāpuḥ sapta mānavā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 3.0 tā vā etāḥ catasro daśato bhavanti tadyadetāścatasro daśato bhavantyeṣāṃ caiva lokānām āptyai diśāṃ cemameva lokam prathamayā daśatāpnuvannantarikṣaṃ dvitīyayā
divaṃ tṛtīyayā diśaścaturthyā tathaivaitadyajamāna imam eva lokam prathamayā daśatāpnotyantarikṣaṃ dvitīyayā divaṃ tṛtīyayā diśaś caturthyaitāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 3.0 tā vā etāḥ catasro daśato bhavanti tadyadetāścatasro daśato bhavantyeṣāṃ caiva lokānām āptyai diśāṃ cemameva lokam prathamayā daśatāpnuvannantarikṣaṃ dvitīyayā divaṃ tṛtīyayā diśaścaturthyā tathaivaitadyajamāna imam eva lokam prathamayā daśatāpnotyantarikṣaṃ dvitīyayā
divaṃ tṛtīyayā diśaś caturthyaitāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ
divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur
dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar
dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 13, 4.0 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sā tvam asy amo 'haṃ
dyaur ahaṃ pṛthivī tvam ṛk tvam asi sāmāhaṃ sā mām anuvratā bhava tāv eha vivahāvahai prajāṃ prajanayāvahai putrān vindāvahai bahūṃs te santu jaradaṣṭaya iti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 3.3 sūryena devena
dyaurlokena lokānāṃ sāmavedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy asau svāhā /
ŚāṅkhGS, 4, 6, 4.0 ud u tyaṃ jātavedasaṃ citraṃ devānāṃ namo mitrasya sūryo no
divas pātv iti sauryāṇi japitvā //
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 5, 6.0 apa prāca iti sūktam indraś ca mṛᄆayāti na iti dve yata indra bhayāmaha ity ekā śāsa itthā mahān asīti prācīṃ svastidā iti dakṣiṇāṃ dakṣiṇāvṛto vi rakṣa iti pratīcīṃ vi na indrety udīcīṃ savyāvṛto 'pendreti dakṣiṇāvṛto
divam udīkṣante //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 1, 12.0 bahvīḥ saṃdhā atikramya
divi prahlādīyān atṛṇaham antarikṣe paulomān pṛthivyāṃ kālakhañjān //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 2.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ
dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhiteti śauravīro māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 2.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ
dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhitā vṛṣṭiḥ saṃdhiḥ saṃdhātā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 5, 1.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ
dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhitā diśaḥ saṃdhir ādityaḥ saṃdhāteti vaiśvāmitraḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 11, 5.0 atha yadi pratṛṇṇam bruvan param upavaded
divaṃ devatām āro dyaus tvā devatāriṣyatītyenaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 11, 5.0 atha yadi pratṛṇṇam bruvan param upavaded divaṃ devatām āro
dyaus tvā devatāriṣyatītyenaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 15, 4.0 sa yadi pareṇa vopasṛṣṭaḥ svena vārthenābhivyāhared abhivyāharann eva vidyāt
divaṃ saṃhitāgamad viduṣo devān abhivyāhārārtham evaṃ bhaviṣyatīti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 16, 6.0 tad etad ṛcābhyuditam aditir
dyaur aditir antarikṣaṃ aditir mātā sā pitā sa putraḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 4, 4.0 etām evānuvidyāṃ saṃhitāṃ saṃdhīyamānāṃ manya iti ha smāha vātsyaḥ etam u haiva bahvṛcā mahadukthe mīmāṃsanta etam agnāv adhvaryava etaṃ mahāvrate chandogā etam asyām etam antarikṣa etaṃ
divi etam agnāv etaṃ vāyāv etaṃ candramasy etaṃ nakṣatreṣv etam apsv etam oṣadhīṣv etaṃ sarveṣu bhūteṣv etam akṣareṣv etam eva brahmetyupāsate //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 9, 7, 11.0 vanaspate śatavalśo viroheti
dyāṃ mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ mā mā hiṃsīr iti ha yājñavalkyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 4, 3.0 ādityas tṛpto
divaṃ tarpayati dyaus tṛptā yat kiṃcid divāpihitam bhavad bhaviṣyad bhūtaṃ tat sarvaṃ tarpayati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 4, 3.0 ādityas tṛpto divaṃ tarpayati
dyaus tṛptā yat kiṃcid divāpihitam bhavad bhaviṣyad bhūtaṃ tat sarvaṃ tarpayati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 4, 3.0 ādityas tṛpto divaṃ tarpayati dyaus tṛptā yat kiṃcid
divāpihitam bhavad bhaviṣyad bhūtaṃ tat sarvaṃ tarpayati //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 31, 4.1 tvam agne manave
dyām avāśayaḥ purūravase sukṛte sukṛttaraḥ /
ṚV, 1, 31, 15.2 svādukṣadmā yo vasatau syonakṛj jīvayājaṃ yajate sopamā
divaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 32, 4.2 āt sūryaṃ janayan
dyām uṣāsaṃ tādītnā śatruṃ na kilā vivitse //
ṚV, 1, 33, 5.2 pra yad
divo hariva sthātar ugra nir avratāṁ adhamo rodasyoḥ //
ṚV, 1, 33, 7.2 avādaho
diva ā dasyum uccā pra sunvata stuvataḥ śaṃsam āvaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 33, 10.1 na ye
divaḥ pṛthivyā antam āpur na māyābhir dhanadām paryabhūvan /
ṚV, 1, 33, 11.2 sadhrīcīnena manasā tam indra ojiṣṭhena hanmanāhann abhi
dyūn //
ṚV, 1, 33, 14.2 śaphacyuto reṇur nakṣata
dyām ucchvaitreyo nṛṣāhyāya tasthau //
ṚV, 1, 34, 2.2 traya skambhāsa skabhitāsa ārabhe trir naktaṃ yāthas trir v aśvinā
divā //
ṚV, 1, 34, 8.2 tisraḥ pṛthivīr upari pravā
divo nākaṃ rakṣethe dyubhir aktubhir hitam //
ṚV, 1, 34, 8.2 tisraḥ pṛthivīr upari pravā divo nākaṃ rakṣethe
dyubhir aktubhir hitam //
ṚV, 1, 35, 6.1 tisro
dyāvaḥ savitur dvā upasthāṁ ekā yamasya bhuvane virāṣāṭ /
ṚV, 1, 35, 7.2 kvedānīṃ sūryaḥ kaś ciketa katamāṃ
dyāṃ raśmir asyā tatāna //
ṚV, 1, 35, 9.2 apāmīvām bādhate veti sūryam abhi kṛṣṇena rajasā
dyām ṛṇoti //
ṚV, 1, 36, 3.2 mahas te sato vi caranty arcayo
divi spṛśanti bhānavaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 39, 4.1 nahi vaḥ śatrur vivide adhi
dyavi na bhūmyāṃ riśādasaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 47, 6.2 rayiṃ samudrād uta vā
divas pary asme dhattam puruspṛham //
ṚV, 1, 48, 8.2 apa dveṣo maghonī duhitā
diva uṣā ucchad apa sridhaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 51, 1.2 yasya
dyāvo na vicaranti mānuṣā bhuje maṃhiṣṭham abhi vipram arcata //
ṚV, 1, 51, 4.2 vṛtraṃ yad indra śavasāvadhīr ahim ād it sūryaṃ
divy ārohayo dṛśe //
ṚV, 1, 51, 9.2 vṛddhasya cid vardhato
dyām inakṣata stavāno vamro vi jaghāna saṃdihaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 51, 12.2 indra yathā sutasomeṣu cākano 'narvāṇaṃ ślokam ā rohase
divi //
ṚV, 1, 52, 4.1 ā yam pṛṇanti
divi sadmabarhiṣaḥ samudraṃ na subhvaḥ svā abhiṣṭayaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 52, 8.2 ayacchathā bāhvor vajram āyasam adhārayo
divy ā sūryaṃ dṛśe //
ṚV, 1, 52, 9.1 bṛhat svaścandram amavad yad ukthyam akṛṇvata bhiyasā rohaṇaṃ
divaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 52, 10.1 dyauś cid asyāmavāṁ aheḥ svanād ayoyavīd bhiyasā vajra indra te /
ṚV, 1, 52, 11.2 atrāha te maghavan viśrutaṃ saho
dyām anu śavasā barhaṇā bhuvat //
ṚV, 1, 52, 12.2 cakṛṣe bhūmim pratimānam ojaso 'paḥ svaḥ paribhūr eṣy ā
divam //
ṚV, 1, 53, 4.1 ebhir
dyubhiḥ sumanā ebhir indubhir nirundhāno amatiṃ gobhir aśvinā /
ṚV, 1, 54, 3.1 arcā
dive bṛhate śūṣyaṃ vacaḥ svakṣatraṃ yasya dhṛṣato dhṛṣan manaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 54, 4.1 tvaṃ
divo bṛhataḥ sānu kopayo 'va tmanā dhṛṣatā śambaram bhinat /
ṚV, 1, 54, 7.2 ukthā vā yo abhigṛṇāti rādhasā dānur asmā uparā pinvate
divaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 55, 1.1 divaś cid asya varimā vi papratha indraṃ na mahnā pṛthivī cana prati /
ṚV, 1, 56, 5.1 vi yat tiro dharuṇam acyutaṃ rajo 'tiṣṭhipo
diva ātāsu barhaṇā /
ṚV, 1, 56, 6.1 tvaṃ
divo dharuṇaṃ dhiṣa ojasā pṛthivyā indra sadaneṣu māhinaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 57, 5.2 anu te
dyaur bṛhatī vīryam mama iyaṃ ca te pṛthivī nema ojase //
ṚV, 1, 58, 2.2 atyo na pṛṣṭham pruṣitasya rocate
divo na sānu stanayann acikradat //
ṚV, 1, 59, 2.1 mūrdhā
divo nābhir agniḥ pṛthivyā athābhavad aratī rodasyoḥ /
ṚV, 1, 59, 5.1 divaś cit te bṛhato jātavedo vaiśvānara pra ririce mahitvam /
ṚV, 1, 60, 2.2 divaś cit pūrvo ny asādi hotāpṛcchyo viśpatir vikṣu vedhāḥ //
ṚV, 1, 61, 9.1 asyed eva pra ririce mahitvaṃ
divas pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣāt /
ṚV, 1, 61, 14.1 asyed u bhiyā girayaś ca dṛḍhā
dyāvā ca bhūmā januṣas tujete /
ṚV, 1, 62, 5.2 vi bhūmyā aprathaya indra sānu
divo raja uparam astabhāyaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 62, 8.1 sanād
divam pari bhūmā virūpe punarbhuvā yuvatī svebhir evaiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 63, 1.1 tvam mahāṁ indra yo ha śuṣmair
dyāvā jajñānaḥ pṛthivī ame dhāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 64, 2.1 te jajñire
diva ṛṣvāsa ukṣaṇo rudrasya maryā asurā arepasaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 64, 4.2 aṃseṣv eṣāṃ ni mimṛkṣur ṛṣṭayaḥ sākaṃ jajñire svadhayā
divo naraḥ //
ṚV, 1, 65, 3.1 ṛtasya devā anu vratā gur bhuvat pariṣṭir
dyaur na bhūma //
ṚV, 1, 67, 5.1 ajo na kṣāṃ dādhāra pṛthivīṃ tastambha
dyām mantrebhiḥ satyaiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 68, 1.1 śrīṇann upa sthād
divam bhuraṇyu sthātuś caratham aktūn vy ūrṇot //
ṚV, 1, 69, 1.1 śukraḥ śuśukvāṁ uṣo na jāraḥ paprā samīcī
divo na jyotiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 71, 2.2 cakrur
divo bṛhato gātum asme ahaḥ svar vividuḥ ketum usrāḥ //
ṚV, 1, 71, 5.1 mahe yat pitra īṃ rasaṃ
dive kar ava tsarat pṛśanyaś cikitvān /
ṚV, 1, 71, 6.1 sva ā yas tubhyaṃ dama ā vibhāti namo vā dāśād uśato anu
dyūn /
ṚV, 1, 71, 8.1 ā yad iṣe nṛpatiṃ teja ānaṭ chuci reto niṣiktaṃ
dyaur abhīke /
ṚV, 1, 72, 8.1 svādhyo
diva ā sapta yahvī rāyo duro vy ṛtajñā ajānan /
ṚV, 1, 72, 10.1 adhi śriyaṃ ni dadhuś cārum asmin
divo yad akṣī amṛtā akṛṇvan /
ṚV, 1, 73, 6.1 ṛtasya hi dhenavo vāvaśānāḥ smadūdhnīḥ pīpayanta
dyubhaktāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 73, 7.1 tve agne sumatim bhikṣamāṇā
divi śravo dadhire yajñiyāsaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 80, 13.2 ahim indra jighāṃsato
divi te badbadhe śavo 'rcann anu svarājyam //
ṚV, 1, 83, 6.1 barhir vā yat svapatyāya vṛjyate 'rko vā ślokam āghoṣate
divi /
ṚV, 1, 85, 2.1 ta ukṣitāso mahimānam āśata
divi rudrāso adhi cakrire sadaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 89, 4.1 tan no vāto mayobhu vātu bheṣajaṃ tan mātā pṛthivī tat pitā
dyauḥ /
ṚV, 1, 89, 10.1 aditir
dyaur aditir antarikṣam aditir mātā sa pitā sa putraḥ /
ṚV, 1, 91, 4.1 yā te dhāmāni
divi yā pṛthivyāṃ yā parvateṣv oṣadhīṣv apsu /
ṚV, 1, 92, 5.2 svaruṃ na peśo vidatheṣv añjañcitraṃ
divo duhitā bhānum aśret //
ṚV, 1, 92, 7.1 bhāsvatī netrī sūnṛtānāṃ
diva stave duhitā gotamebhiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 93, 5.1 yuvam etāni
divi rocanāny agniś ca soma sakratū adhattam /
ṚV, 1, 93, 6.1 ānyaṃ
divo mātariśvā jabhārāmathnād anyam pari śyeno adreḥ /
ṚV, 1, 94, 16.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 95, 3.1 trīṇi jānā pari bhūṣanty asya samudra ekaṃ
divy ekam apsu /
ṚV, 1, 95, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 96, 2.2 vivasvatā cakṣasā
dyām apaś ca devā agniṃ dhārayan draviṇodām //
ṚV, 1, 96, 9.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 98, 2.1 pṛṣṭo
divi pṛṣṭo agniḥ pṛthivyām pṛṣṭo viśvā oṣadhīr ā viveśa /
ṚV, 1, 98, 3.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 100, 1.1 sa yo vṛṣā vṛṣṇyebhiḥ samokā maho
divaḥ pṛthivyāś ca samrāṭ /
ṚV, 1, 100, 3.1 divo na yasya retaso dughānāḥ panthāso yanti śavasāparītāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 100, 13.1 tasya vajraḥ krandati smat svarṣā
divo na tveṣo ravathaḥ śimīvān /
ṚV, 1, 100, 15.2 sa prarikvā tvakṣasā kṣmo
divaś ca marutvān no bhavatv indra ūtī //
ṚV, 1, 100, 19.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 101, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 102, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 103, 1.2 kṣamedam anyad
divy anyad asya sam ī pṛcyate samaneva ketuḥ //
ṚV, 1, 103, 8.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 105, 19.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 106, 7.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 107, 3.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 108, 11.1 yad indrāgnī
divi ṣṭho yat pṛthivyāṃ yat parvateṣv oṣadhīṣv apsu /
ṚV, 1, 108, 13.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 109, 6.1 pra carṣaṇibhyaḥ pṛtanāhaveṣu pra pṛthivyā riricāthe
divaś ca /
ṚV, 1, 109, 8.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 110, 6.2 taraṇitvā ye pitur asya saścira ṛbhavo vājam aruhan
divo rajaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 110, 9.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 111, 5.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 112, 25.1 dyubhir aktubhiḥ pari pātam asmān ariṣṭebhir aśvinā saubhagebhiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 112, 25.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 113, 7.1 eṣā
divo duhitā praty adarśi vyucchantī yuvatiḥ śukravāsāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 113, 20.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 114, 5.1 divo varāham aruṣaṃ kapardinaṃ tveṣaṃ rūpaṃ namasā ni hvayāmahe /
ṚV, 1, 114, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 115, 3.2 namasyanto
diva ā pṛṣṭham asthuḥ pari dyāvāpṛthivī yanti sadyaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 115, 5.1 tan mitrasya varuṇasyābhicakṣe sūryo rūpaṃ kṛṇute
dyor upasthe /
ṚV, 1, 115, 6.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 116, 24.1 daśa rātrīr aśivenā nava
dyūn avanaddhaṃ śnathitam apsv antaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 121, 2.1 stambhīddha
dyāṃ sa dharuṇam pruṣāyad ṛbhur vājāya draviṇaṃ naro goḥ /
ṚV, 1, 121, 3.1 nakṣaddhavam aruṇīḥ pūrvyaṃ rāṭ turo viśām aṅgirasām anu
dyūn /
ṚV, 1, 121, 3.2 takṣad vajraṃ niyutaṃ tastambhad
dyāṃ catuṣpade naryāya dvipāde //
ṚV, 1, 121, 7.2 yaddha prabhāsi kṛtvyāṁ anu
dyūn anarviśe paśviṣe turāya //
ṚV, 1, 121, 8.1 aṣṭā maho
diva ādo harī iha dyumnāsāham abhi yodhāna utsam /
ṚV, 1, 121, 9.1 tvam āyasam prati vartayo gor
divo aśmānam upanītam ṛbhvā /
ṚV, 1, 121, 10.2 śuṣṇasya cit parihitaṃ yad ojo
divas pari sugrathitaṃ tad ādaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 124, 3.1 eṣā
divo duhitā praty adarśi jyotir vasānā samanā purastāt /
ṚV, 1, 126, 2.2 śataṃ kakṣīvāṁ asurasya gonāṃ
divi śravo 'jaram ā tatāna //
ṚV, 1, 130, 3.1 avindad
divo nihitaṃ guhā nidhiṃ ver na garbham parivītam aśmany anante antar aśmani /
ṚV, 1, 131, 1.1 indrāya hi
dyaur asuro anamnatendrāya mahī pṛthivī varīmabhir dyumnasātā varīmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 133, 6.1 avar maha indra dādṛhi śrudhī naḥ śuśoca hi
dyauḥ kṣā na bhīṣāṁ adrivo ghṛṇān na bhīṣāṁ adrivaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 136, 6.1 namo
dive bṛhate rodasībhyām mitrāya vocaṃ varuṇāya mīᄆhuṣe sumṛᄆīkāya mīᄆhuṣe /
ṚV, 1, 141, 8.1 ratho na yātaḥ śikvabhiḥ kṛto
dyām aṅgebhir aruṣebhir īyate /
ṚV, 1, 143, 2.2 asya kratvā samidhānasya majmanā pra
dyāvā śociḥ pṛthivī arocayat //
ṚV, 1, 146, 1.2 niṣattam asya carato dhruvasya viśvā
divo rocanāpaprivāṃsam //
ṚV, 1, 148, 4.2 ād asya vāto anu vāti śocir astur na śaryām asanām anu
dyūn //
ṚV, 1, 151, 4.2 yuvaṃ
divo bṛhato dakṣam ābhuvaṃ gāṃ na dhury upa yuñjāthe apaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 151, 9.2 na vāṃ
dyāvo 'habhir nota sindhavo na devatvam paṇayo nānaśur magham //
ṚV, 1, 154, 4.2 ya u tridhātu pṛthivīm uta
dyām eko dādhāra bhuvanāni viśvā //
ṚV, 1, 155, 3.2 dadhāti putro 'varam param pitur nāma tṛtīyam adhi rocane
divaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 159, 1.1 pra
dyāvā yajñaiḥ pṛthivī ṛtāvṛdhā mahī stuṣe vidatheṣu pracetasā /
ṚV, 1, 159, 4.2 navyaṃ navyaṃ tantum ā tanvate
divi samudre antaḥ kavayaḥ sudītayaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 163, 4.1 trīṇi ta āhur
divi bandhanāni trīṇy apsu trīṇy antaḥ samudre /
ṚV, 1, 164, 10.2 mantrayante
divo amuṣya pṛṣṭhe viśvavidaṃ vācam aviśvaminvām //
ṚV, 1, 164, 12.1 pañcapādam pitaraṃ dvādaśākṛtiṃ
diva āhuḥ pare ardhe purīṣiṇam /
ṚV, 1, 164, 25.1 jagatā sindhuṃ
divy astabhāyad rathantare sūryam pary apaśyat /
ṚV, 1, 164, 33.1 dyaur me pitā janitā nābhir atra bandhur me mātā pṛthivī mahīyam /
ṚV, 1, 166, 5.1 yat tveṣayāmā nadayanta parvatān
divo vā pṛṣṭhaṃ naryā acucyavuḥ /
ṚV, 1, 167, 10.2 vayam purā mahi ca no anu
dyūn tan na ṛbhukṣā narām anu ṣyāt //
ṚV, 1, 168, 4.1 ava svayuktā
diva ā vṛthā yayur amartyāḥ kaśayā codata tmanā /
ṚV, 1, 173, 6.2 saṃ vivya indro vṛjanaṃ na bhūmā bharti svadhāvāṁ opaśam iva
dyām //
ṚV, 1, 180, 8.1 yuvāṃ ciddhi ṣmāśvināv anu
dyūn virudrasya prasravaṇasya sātau /
ṚV, 1, 181, 4.2 jiṣṇur vām anyaḥ sumakhasya sūrir
divo anyaḥ subhagaḥ putra ūhe //
ṚV, 1, 182, 1.2 dhiyañjinvā dhiṣṇyā viśpalāvasū
divo napātā sukṛte śucivratā //
ṚV, 1, 185, 2.2 nityaṃ na sūnum pitror upasthe
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 3.2 tad rodasī janayataṃ jaritre
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 4.2 ubhe devānām ubhayebhir ahnāṃ
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 5.2 abhijighrantī bhuvanasya nābhiṃ
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 6.2 dadhāte ye amṛtaṃ supratīke
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 7.2 dadhāte ye subhage supratūrtī
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 8.2 iyaṃ dhīr bhūyā avayānam eṣāṃ
dyāvā rakṣatam pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 190, 4.1 asya śloko
divīyate pṛthivyām atyo na yaṃsad yakṣabhṛd vicetāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 190, 4.2 mṛgāṇāṃ na hetayo yanti cemā bṛhaspater ahimāyāṁ abhi
dyūn //
ṚV, 2, 1, 1.1 tvam agne
dyubhis tvam āśuśukṣaṇis tvam adbhyas tvam aśmanas pari /
ṚV, 2, 1, 6.1 tvam agne rudro asuro maho
divas tvaṃ śardho mārutam pṛkṣa īśiṣe /
ṚV, 2, 2, 2.2 diva ived aratir mānuṣā yugā kṣapo bhāsi puruvāra saṃyataḥ //
ṚV, 2, 2, 5.2 hiriśipro vṛdhasānāsu jarbhurad
dyaur na stṛbhiś citayad rodasī anu //
ṚV, 2, 3, 2.1 narāśaṃsaḥ prati dhāmāny añjan tisro
divaḥ prati mahnā svarciḥ /
ṚV, 2, 4, 6.2 kṛṣṇādhvā tapū raṇvaś ciketa
dyaur iva smayamāno nabhobhiḥ //
ṚV, 2, 12, 2.2 yo antarikṣaṃ vimame varīyo yo
dyām astabhnāt sa janāsa indraḥ //
ṚV, 2, 12, 12.2 yo rauhiṇam asphurad vajrabāhur
dyām ārohantaṃ sa janāsa indraḥ //
ṚV, 2, 12, 13.1 dyāvā cid asmai pṛthivī namete śuṣmāc cid asya parvatā bhayante /
ṚV, 2, 13, 5.1 adhākṛṇoḥ pṛthivīṃ saṃdṛśe
dive yo dhautīnām ahihann āriṇak pathaḥ /
ṚV, 2, 13, 7.2 yaś cāsamā ajano didyuto
diva urur ūrvāṃ abhitaḥ sāsy ukthyaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 13, 13.2 indra yac citraṃ śravasyā anu
dyūn bṛhad vadema vidathe suvīrāḥ //
ṚV, 2, 14, 12.2 indra yac citraṃ śravasyā anu
dyūn bṛhad vadema vidathe suvīrāḥ //
ṚV, 2, 15, 2.1 avaṃśe
dyām astabhāyad bṛhantam ā rodasī apṛṇad antarikṣam /
ṚV, 2, 17, 2.2 śūro yo yutsu tanvam parivyata śīrṣaṇi
dyām mahinā praty amuñcata //
ṚV, 2, 17, 5.2 adhārayat pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyasam astabhnān māyayā
dyām avasrasaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 22, 4.1 tava tyan naryaṃ nṛto 'pa indra prathamam pūrvyaṃ
divi pravācyaṃ kṛtam /
ṚV, 2, 24, 14.2 yo gā udājat sa
dive vi cābhajan mahīva rītiḥ śavasāsarat pṛthak //
ṚV, 2, 27, 8.1 tisro bhūmīr dhārayan trīṃr uta
dyūn trīṇi vratā vidathe antar eṣām /
ṚV, 2, 27, 15.1 ubhe asmai pīpayataḥ samīcī
divo vṛṣṭiṃ subhago nāma puṣyan /
ṚV, 2, 28, 2.2 upāyana uṣasāṃ gomatīnām agnayo na jaramāṇā anu
dyūn //
ṚV, 2, 30, 5.1 ava kṣipa
divo aśmānam uccā yena śatrum mandasāno nijūrvāḥ /
ṚV, 2, 31, 3.1 uta sya na indro viśvacarṣaṇir
divaḥ śardhena mārutena sukratuḥ /
ṚV, 2, 34, 2.1 dyāvo na stṛbhiś citayanta khādino vy abhriyā na dyutayanta vṛṣṭayaḥ /
ṚV, 2, 36, 2.2 āsadyā barhir bharatasya sūnavaḥ potrād ā somam pibatā
divo naraḥ //
ṚV, 2, 38, 11.1 asmabhyaṃ tad
divo adbhyaḥ pṛthivyās tvayā dattaṃ kāmyaṃ rādha ā gāt /
ṚV, 2, 40, 1.1 somāpūṣaṇā jananā rayīṇāṃ jananā
divo jananā pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 2, 40, 4.1 divy anyaḥ sadanaṃ cakra uccā pṛthivyām anyo adhy antarikṣe /
ṚV, 3, 1, 2.2 divaḥ śaśāsur vidathā kavīnāṃ gṛtsāya cit tavase gātum īṣuḥ //
ṚV, 3, 1, 3.1 mayo dadhe medhiraḥ pūtadakṣo
divaḥ subandhur januṣā pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 1, 6.1 vavrājā sīm anadatīr adabdhā
divo yahvīr avasānā anagnāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 1, 9.2 guhā carantaṃ sakhibhiḥ śivebhir
divo yahvībhir na guhā babhūva //
ṚV, 3, 2, 12.1 vaiśvānaraḥ pratnathā nākam āruhad
divas pṛṣṭham bhandamānaḥ sumanmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 3, 2, 13.1 ṛtāvānaṃ yajñiyaṃ vipram ukthyam ā yaṃ dadhe mātariśvā
divi kṣayam /
ṚV, 3, 2, 14.1 śuciṃ na yāmann iṣiraṃ svardṛśaṃ ketuṃ
divo rocanasthām uṣarbudham /
ṚV, 3, 2, 14.2 agnim mūrdhānaṃ
divo apratiṣkutaṃ tam īmahe namasā vājinam bṛhat //
ṚV, 3, 3, 2.2 kṣayam bṛhantam pari bhūṣati
dyubhir devebhir agnir iṣito dhiyāvasuḥ //
ṚV, 3, 4, 4.2 divo vā nābhā ny asādi hotā stṛṇīmahi devavyacā vi barhiḥ //
ṚV, 3, 5, 9.1 ud u ṣṭutaḥ samidhā yahvo adyaud varṣman
divo adhi nābhā pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 6, 2.2 divaś cid agne mahinā pṛthivyā vacyantāṃ te vahnayaḥ saptajihvāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 6, 3.1 dyauś ca tvā pṛthivī yajñiyāso ni hotāraṃ sādayante damāya /
ṚV, 3, 6, 4.1 mahān sadhasthe dhruva ā niṣatto 'ntar
dyāvā māhine haryamāṇaḥ /
ṚV, 3, 6, 7.1 divaś cid ā te rucayanta rokā uṣo vibhātīr anu bhāsi pūrvīḥ /
ṚV, 3, 6, 8.1 urau vā ye antarikṣe madanti
divo vā ye rocane santi devāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 17, 2.1 yathāyajo hotram agne pṛthivyā yathā
divo jātavedaś cikitvān /
ṚV, 3, 22, 2.1 agne yat te
divi varcaḥ pṛthivyāṃ yad oṣadhīṣv apsv ā yajatra /
ṚV, 3, 22, 3.1 agne
divo arṇam acchā jigāsy acchā devāṁ ūciṣe dhiṣṇyā ye /
ṚV, 3, 23, 2.2 agne vi paśya bṛhatābhi rāyeṣāṃ no netā bhavatād anu
dyūn //
ṚV, 3, 25, 1.1 agne
divaḥ sūnur asi pracetās tanā pṛthivyā uta viśvavedāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 30, 9.2 astabhnād
dyāṃ vṛṣabho antarikṣam arṣantv āpas tvayeha prasūtāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 31, 8.2 pra ṇo
divaḥ padavīr gavyur arcan sakhā sakhīṃr amuñcan nir avadyāt //
ṚV, 3, 31, 16.2 madhvaḥ punānāḥ kavibhiḥ pavitrair
dyubhir hinvanty aktubhir dhanutrīḥ //
ṚV, 3, 32, 8.2 dādhāra yaḥ pṛthivīṃ
dyām utemāṃ jajāna sūryam uṣasaṃ sudaṃsāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 32, 9.2 na
dyāva indra tavasas ta ojo nāhā na māsāḥ śarado varanta //
ṚV, 3, 32, 11.2 na te mahitvam anu bhūd adha
dyaur yad anyayā sphigyā kṣām avasthāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 34, 8.2 sasāna yaḥ pṛthivīṃ
dyām utemām indram madanty anu dhīraṇāsaḥ //
ṚV, 3, 38, 2.1 inota pṛccha janimā kavīnām manodhṛtaḥ sukṛtas takṣata
dyām /
ṚV, 3, 38, 5.2 divo napātā vidathasya dhībhiḥ kṣatraṃ rājānā pradivo dadhāthe //
ṚV, 3, 39, 2.1 divaś cid ā pūrvyā jāyamānā vi jāgṛvir vidathe śasyamānā /
ṚV, 3, 43, 6.2 pra ye dvitā
diva ṛñjanty ātāḥ susaṃmṛṣṭāso vṛṣabhasya mūrāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 46, 3.2 pra majmanā
diva indraḥ pṛthivyāḥ proror maho antarikṣād ṛjīṣī //
ṚV, 3, 46, 5.1 yaṃ somam indra
pṛthivīdyāvā garbhaṃ na mātā bibhṛtas tvāyā /
ṚV, 3, 49, 4.1 dhartā
divo rajasas pṛṣṭa ūrdhvo ratho na vāyur vasubhir niyutvān /
ṚV, 3, 51, 5.2 indrāya
dyāva oṣadhīr utāpo rayiṃ rakṣanti jīrayo vanāni //
ṚV, 3, 53, 7.1 ime bhojā aṅgiraso virūpā
divas putrāso asurasya vīrāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 53, 8.2 trir yad
divaḥ pari muhūrtam āgāt svair mantrair anṛtupā ṛtāvā //
ṚV, 3, 54, 2.1 mahi mahe
dive arcā pṛthivyai kāmo ma icchañcarati prajānan /
ṚV, 3, 54, 3.2 idaṃ
dive namo agne pṛthivyai saparyāmi prayasā yāmi ratnam //
ṚV, 3, 54, 11.1 hiraṇyapāṇiḥ savitā sujihvas trir ā
divo vidathe patyamānaḥ /
ṚV, 3, 54, 19.2 śṛṇotu naḥ pṛthivī
dyaur utāpaḥ sūryo nakṣatrair urv antarikṣam //
ṚV, 3, 56, 5.2 ṛtāvarīr yoṣaṇās tisro apyās trir ā
divo vidathe patyamānāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 56, 6.1 trir ā
divaḥ savitar vāryāṇi dive diva ā suva trir no ahnaḥ /
ṚV, 3, 56, 7.1 trir ā
divaḥ savitā soṣavīti rājānā mitrāvaruṇā supāṇī /
ṚV, 3, 56, 8.2 ṛtāvāna iṣirā dūᄆabhāsas trir ā
divo vidathe santu devāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 57, 2.1 indraḥ su pūṣā vṛṣaṇā suhastā
divo na prītāḥ śaśayaṃ duduhre /
ṚV, 3, 59, 1.1 mitro janān yātayati bruvāṇo mitro dādhāra pṛthivīm uta
dyām /
ṚV, 3, 61, 4.2 svar janantī subhagā sudaṃsā āntād
divaḥ papratha ā pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 61, 5.2 ūrdhvam madhudhā
divi pājo aśret pra rocanā ruruce raṇvasaṃdṛk //
ṚV, 3, 61, 6.1 ṛtāvarī
divo arkair abodhy ā revatī rodasī citram asthāt /
ṚV, 3, 62, 2.2 sajoṣāv indrāvaruṇā marudbhir
divā pṛthivyā śṛṇutaṃ havam me //
ṚV, 4, 1, 10.2 dhiyā yad viśve amṛtā akṛṇvan
dyauṣ pitā janitā satyam ukṣan //
ṚV, 4, 1, 17.1 neśat tamo dudhitaṃ rocata
dyaur ud devyā uṣaso bhānur arta /
ṚV, 4, 1, 18.1 ād it paścā bubudhānā vy akhyann ād id ratnaṃ dhārayanta
dyubhaktam /
ṚV, 4, 2, 15.2 divas putrā aṅgiraso bhavemādriṃ rujema dhaninaṃ śucantaḥ //
ṚV, 4, 3, 5.1 kathā ha tad varuṇāya tvam agne kathā
dive garhase kan na āgaḥ /
ṚV, 4, 3, 8.2 prati bravo 'ditaye turāya sādhā
divo jātavedaś cikitvān //
ṚV, 4, 4, 8.2 svaśvās tvā surathā marjayemāsme kṣatrāṇi dhārayer anu
dyūn //
ṚV, 4, 4, 9.1 iha tvā bhūry ā cared upa tman doṣāvastar dīdivāṃsam anu
dyūn /
ṚV, 4, 5, 11.2 tvam asya kṣayasi yaddha viśvaṃ
divi yad u draviṇaṃ yat pṛthivyām //
ṚV, 4, 6, 2.2 ūrdhvam bhānuṃ savitevāśren meteva dhūmaṃ stabhāyad upa
dyām //
ṚV, 4, 7, 8.2 dūta īyase pradiva urāṇo viduṣṭaro
diva ārodhanāni //
ṚV, 4, 13, 2.2 anu vrataṃ varuṇo yanti mitro yat sūryaṃ
divy ārohayanti //
ṚV, 4, 13, 5.2 kayā yāti svadhayā ko dadarśa
diva skambhaḥ samṛtaḥ pāti nākam //
ṚV, 4, 14, 5.2 kayā yāti svadhayā ko dadarśa
diva skambhaḥ samṛtaḥ pāti nākam //
ṚV, 4, 16, 3.2 diva itthā jījanat sapta kārūn ahnā cic cakrur vayunā gṛṇantaḥ //
ṚV, 4, 16, 19.2 dyāvo na dyumnair abhi santo aryaḥ kṣapo madema śaradaś ca pūrvīḥ //
ṚV, 4, 17, 1.1 tvam mahāṁ indra tubhyaṃ ha kṣā anu kṣatram maṃhanā manyata
dyauḥ /
ṚV, 4, 17, 2.1 tava tviṣo janiman rejata
dyau rejad bhūmir bhiyasā svasya manyoḥ /
ṚV, 4, 17, 4.1 suvīras te janitā manyata
dyaur indrasya kartā svapastamo bhūt /
ṚV, 4, 17, 13.2 vibhañjanur aśanimāṁ iva
dyaur uta stotāram maghavā vasau dhāt //
ṚV, 4, 21, 1.2 vāvṛdhānas taviṣīr yasya pūrvīr
dyaur na kṣatram abhibhūti puṣyāt //
ṚV, 4, 21, 3.1 ā yātv indro
diva ā pṛthivyā makṣū samudrād uta vā purīṣāt /
ṚV, 4, 22, 3.2 dadhāno vajram bāhvor uśantaṃ
dyām amena rejayat pra bhūma //
ṚV, 4, 22, 4.1 viśvā rodhāṃsi pravataś ca pūrvīr
dyaur ṛṣvāj janiman rejata kṣāḥ /
ṚV, 4, 26, 6.2 somam bharad dādṛhāṇo devāvān
divo amuṣmād uttarād ādāya //
ṚV, 4, 27, 3.1 ava yacchyeno asvanīd adha
dyor vi yad yadi vāta ūhuḥ purandhim /
ṚV, 4, 33, 1.2 ye vātajūtās taraṇibhir evaiḥ pari
dyāṃ sadyo apaso babhūvuḥ //
ṚV, 4, 33, 7.1 dvādaśa
dyūn yad agohyasyātithye raṇann ṛbhavaḥ sasantaḥ /
ṚV, 4, 35, 8.1 ye devāso abhavatā sukṛtyā śyenā ived adhi
divi niṣeda /
ṚV, 4, 36, 1.2 mahat tad vo devyasya pravācanaṃ
dyām ṛbhavaḥ pṛthivīṃ yac ca puṣyatha //
ṚV, 4, 38, 8.1 uta smāsya tanyator iva
dyor ṛghāyato abhiyujo bhayante /
ṚV, 4, 39, 1.1 āśuṃ dadhikrāṃ tam u nu ṣṭavāma
divas pṛthivyā uta carkirāma /
ṚV, 4, 42, 4.1 aham apo apinvam ukṣamāṇā dhārayaṃ
divaṃ sadana ṛtasya /
ṚV, 4, 43, 3.1 makṣū hi ṣmā gacchatha īvato
dyūn indro na śaktim paritakmyāyām /
ṚV, 4, 43, 3.2 diva ājātā divyā suparṇā kayā śacīnām bhavathaḥ śaciṣṭhā //
ṚV, 4, 43, 5.1 uru vāṃ rathaḥ pari nakṣati
dyām ā yat samudrād abhi vartate vām /
ṚV, 4, 44, 2.1 yuvaṃ śriyam aśvinā devatā tāṃ
divo napātā vanathaḥ śacībhiḥ /
ṚV, 4, 44, 5.1 ā no yātaṃ
divo acchā pṛthivyā hiraṇyayena suvṛtā rathena /
ṚV, 4, 45, 1.1 eṣa sya bhānur ud iyarti yujyate rathaḥ parijmā
divo asya sānavi /
ṚV, 4, 51, 1.2 nūnaṃ
divo duhitaro vibhātīr gātuṃ kṛṇavann uṣaso janāya //
ṚV, 4, 51, 10.1 rayiṃ
divo duhitaro vibhātīḥ prajāvantaṃ yacchatāsmāsu devīḥ /
ṚV, 4, 51, 11.2 vayaṃ syāma yaśaso janeṣu tad
dyauś ca dhattām pṛthivī ca devī //
ṚV, 4, 53, 2.1 divo dhartā bhuvanasya prajāpatiḥ piśaṅgaṃ drāpim prati muñcate kaviḥ /
ṚV, 4, 53, 5.2 tisro
divaḥ pṛthivīs tisra invati tribhir vratair abhi no rakṣati tmanā //
ṚV, 4, 54, 4.2 yat pṛthivyā varimann ā svaṅgurir varṣman
divaḥ suvati satyam asya tat //
ṚV, 4, 57, 3.1 madhumatīr oṣadhīr
dyāva āpo madhuman no bhavatv antarikṣam /
ṚV, 4, 57, 5.1 śunāsīrāv imāṃ vācaṃ juṣethāṃ yad
divi cakrathuḥ payaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 1, 12.2 gaviṣṭhiro namasā stomam agnau
divīva rukmam uruvyañcam aśret //
ṚV, 5, 2, 10.1 uta svānāso
divi ṣantv agnes tigmāyudhā rakṣase hantavā u /
ṚV, 5, 6, 4.2 yaddha syā te panīyasī samid dīdayati
dyavīṣaṃ stotṛbhya ā bhara //
ṚV, 5, 9, 5.2 yad īm aha trito
divy upa dhmāteva dhamati śiśīte dhmātarī yathā //
ṚV, 5, 10, 4.2 śuṣmebhiḥ śuṣmiṇo naro
divaś cid yeṣām bṛhat sukīrtir bodhati tmanā //
ṚV, 5, 11, 3.2 ghṛtena tvāvardhayann agna āhuta dhūmas te ketur abhavad
divi śritaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 15, 2.2 divo dharman dharuṇe seduṣo nṝñ jātair ajātāṁ abhi ye nanakṣuḥ //
ṚV, 5, 28, 1.1 samiddho agnir
divi śocir aśret pratyaṅṅ uṣasam urviyā vi bhāti /
ṚV, 5, 29, 6.2 arcantīndram marutaḥ sadhasthe traiṣṭubhena vacasā bādhata
dyām //
ṚV, 5, 35, 8.2 vayaṃ śaviṣṭha vāryaṃ
divi śravo dadhīmahi divi stomam manāmahe //
ṚV, 5, 35, 8.2 vayaṃ śaviṣṭha vāryaṃ divi śravo dadhīmahi
divi stomam manāmahe //
ṚV, 5, 36, 5.1 vṛṣā tvā vṛṣaṇaṃ vardhatu
dyaur vṛṣā vṛṣabhyāṃ vahase haribhyām /
ṚV, 5, 40, 6.1 svarbhānor adha yad indra māyā avo
divo vartamānā avāhan /
ṚV, 5, 40, 8.2 atriḥ sūryasya
divi cakṣur ādhāt svarbhānor apa māyā aghukṣat //
ṚV, 5, 41, 1.1 ko nu vām mitrāvaruṇāv ṛtāyan
divo vā mahaḥ pārthivasya vā de /
ṚV, 5, 41, 3.2 uta vā
divo asurāya manma prāndhāṃsīva yajyave bharadhvam //
ṚV, 5, 41, 4.1 pra sakṣaṇo divyaḥ kaṇvahotā trito
divaḥ sajoṣā vāto agniḥ /
ṚV, 5, 41, 7.1 upa va eṣe vandyebhiḥ śūṣaiḥ pra yahvī
divaś citayadbhir arkaiḥ /
ṚV, 5, 41, 14.2 vardhantāṃ
dyāvo giraś candrāgrā udā vardhantām abhiṣātā arṇāḥ //
ṚV, 5, 43, 2.1 ā suṣṭutī namasā vartayadhyai
dyāvā vājāya pṛthivī amṛdhre /
ṚV, 5, 43, 11.1 ā no
divo bṛhataḥ parvatād ā sarasvatī yajatā gantu yajñam /
ṚV, 5, 45, 1.1 vidā
divo viṣyann adrim ukthair āyatyā uṣaso arcino guḥ /
ṚV, 5, 45, 2.2 dhanvarṇaso nadyaḥ khādoarṇā sthūṇeva sumitā dṛṃhata
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 5, 45, 3.2 vi parvato jihīta sādhata
dyaur āvivāsanto dasayanta bhūma //
ṚV, 5, 46, 3.1 indrāgnī mitrāvaruṇāditiṃ svaḥ pṛthivīṃ
dyām marutaḥ parvatāṁ apaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 47, 1.1 prayuñjatī
diva eti bruvāṇā mahī mātā duhitur bodhayantī /
ṚV, 5, 47, 3.2 madhye
divo nihitaḥ pṛśnir aśmā vi cakrame rajasas pāty antau //
ṚV, 5, 47, 4.2 tridhātavaḥ paramā asya gāvo
divaś caranti pari sadyo antān //
ṚV, 5, 47, 6.2 upaprakṣe vṛṣaṇo modamānā
divas pathā vadhvo yanty accha //
ṚV, 5, 47, 7.2 aśīmahi gādham uta pratiṣṭhāṃ namo
dive bṛhate sādanāya //
ṚV, 5, 52, 6.2 anv enāṁ aha vidyuto maruto jajjhatīr iva bhānur arta tmanā
divaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 54, 1.2 gharmastubhe
diva ā pṛṣṭhayajvane dyumnaśravase mahi nṛmṇam arcata //
ṚV, 5, 54, 9.1 pravatvatīyam pṛthivī marudbhyaḥ pravatvatī
dyaur bhavati prayadbhyaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 54, 10.1 yan marutaḥ sabharasaḥ svarṇaraḥ sūrya udite madathā
divo naraḥ /
ṚV, 5, 54, 13.2 na yo yucchati tiṣyo yathā
divo 'sme rāranta marutaḥ sahasriṇam //
ṚV, 5, 57, 1.2 iyaṃ vo asmat prati haryate matis tṛṣṇaje na
diva utsā udanyave //
ṚV, 5, 57, 3.1 dhūnutha
dyām parvatān dāśuṣe vasu ni vo vanā jihate yāmano bhiyā /
ṚV, 5, 57, 4.2 piśaṅgāśvā aruṇāśvā arepasaḥ pratvakṣaso mahinā
dyaur ivoravaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 57, 5.2 sujātāso januṣā rukmavakṣaso
divo arkā amṛtaṃ nāma bhejire //
ṚV, 5, 58, 6.2 kṣodanta āpo riṇate vanāny avosriyo vṛṣabhaḥ krandatu
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 5, 59, 1.1 pra va spaᄆ akran suvitāya dāvane 'rcā
dive pra pṛthivyā ṛtam bhare /
ṚV, 5, 59, 6.2 sujātāso januṣā pṛśnimātaro
divo maryā ā no acchā jigātana //
ṚV, 5, 59, 7.1 vayo na ye śreṇīḥ paptur ojasāntān
divo bṛhataḥ sānunas pari /
ṚV, 5, 59, 8.1 mimātu
dyaur aditir vītaye naḥ saṃ dānucitrā uṣaso yatantām /
ṚV, 5, 60, 3.1 parvataś cin mahi vṛddho bibhāya
divaś cit sānu rejata svane vaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 60, 6.1 yad uttame maruto madhyame vā yad vāvame subhagāso
divi ṣṭha /
ṚV, 5, 60, 7.1 agniś ca yan maruto viśvavedaso
divo vahadhva uttarād adhi ṣṇubhiḥ /
ṚV, 5, 62, 3.1 adhārayatam pṛthivīm uta
dyām mitrarājānā varuṇā mahobhiḥ /
ṚV, 5, 62, 7.1 hiraṇyanirṇig ayo asya sthūṇā vi bhrājate
divy aśvājanīva /
ṚV, 5, 63, 1.2 yam atra mitrāvaruṇāvatho yuvaṃ tasmai vṛṣṭir madhumat pinvate
divaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 63, 3.1 samrājā ugrā vṛṣabhā
divas patī pṛthivyā mitrāvaruṇā vicarṣaṇī /
ṚV, 5, 63, 3.2 citrebhir abhrair upa tiṣṭhatho ravaṃ
dyāṃ varṣayatho asurasya māyayā //
ṚV, 5, 63, 4.1 māyā vām mitrāvaruṇā
divi śritā sūryo jyotiś carati citram āyudham /
ṚV, 5, 63, 4.2 tam abhreṇa vṛṣṭyā gūhatho
divi parjanya drapsā madhumanta īrate //
ṚV, 5, 63, 5.2 rajāṃsi citrā vi caranti tanyavo
divaḥ samrājā payasā na ukṣatam //
ṚV, 5, 63, 6.2 abhrā vasata marutaḥ su māyayā
dyāṃ varṣayatam aruṇām arepasam //
ṚV, 5, 63, 7.2 ṛtena viśvam bhuvanaṃ vi rājathaḥ sūryam ā dhattho
divi citryaṃ ratham //
ṚV, 5, 69, 1.1 trī rocanā varuṇa trīṃr uta
dyūn trīṇi mitra dhārayatho rajāṃsi /
ṚV, 5, 76, 4.2 ā no
divo bṛhataḥ parvatād ādbhyo yātam iṣam ūrjaṃ vahantā //
ṚV, 5, 80, 5.2 apa dveṣo bādhamānā tamāṃsy uṣā
divo duhitā jyotiṣāgāt //
ṚV, 5, 80, 6.1 eṣā pratīcī duhitā
divo nṝn yoṣeva bhadrā ni riṇīte apsaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 83, 6.1 divo no vṛṣṭim maruto rarīdhvam pra pinvata vṛṣṇo aśvasya dhārāḥ /
ṚV, 5, 85, 2.2 hṛtsu kratuṃ varuṇo apsv agniṃ
divi sūryam adadhāt somam adrau //
ṚV, 5, 85, 4.1 unatti bhūmim pṛthivīm uta
dyāṃ yadā dugdhaṃ varuṇo vaṣṭy ād it /
ṚV, 5, 87, 3.1 pra ye
divo bṛhataḥ śṛṇvire girā suśukvānaḥ subhva evayāmarut /
ṚV, 6, 1, 7.2 tvaṃ viśo anayo dīdyāno
divo agne bṛhatā rocanena //
ṚV, 6, 2, 11.2 vīhi svastiṃ sukṣitiṃ
divo nṝn dviṣo aṃhāṃsi duritā tarema tā tarema tavāvasā tarema //
ṚV, 6, 3, 6.2 naktaṃ ya īm aruṣo yo
divā nṝn amartyo aruṣo yo divā nṝn //
ṚV, 6, 3, 6.2 naktaṃ ya īm aruṣo yo divā nṝn amartyo aruṣo yo
divā nṝn //
ṚV, 6, 3, 7.1 divo na yasya vidhato navīnod vṛṣā rukṣa oṣadhīṣu nūnot /
ṚV, 6, 4, 3.1 dyāvo na yasya panayanty abhvam bhāsāṃsi vaste sūryo na śukraḥ /
ṚV, 6, 5, 6.2 yacchasyase
dyubhir akto vacobhis taj juṣasva jaritur ghoṣi manma //
ṚV, 6, 7, 1.1 mūrdhānaṃ
divo aratim pṛthivyā vaiśvānaram ṛta ā jātam agnim /
ṚV, 6, 7, 6.1 vaiśvānarasya vimitāni cakṣasā sānūni
divo amṛtasya ketunā /
ṚV, 6, 7, 7.1 vi yo rajāṃsy amimīta sukratur vaiśvānaro vi
divo rocanā kaviḥ /
ṚV, 6, 11, 1.2 ā no mitrāvaruṇā nāsatyā
dyāvā hotrāya pṛthivī vavṛtyāḥ //
ṚV, 6, 12, 2.1 ā yasmin tve sv apāke yajatra yakṣad rājan sarvatāteva nu
dyauḥ /
ṚV, 6, 13, 1.2 śruṣṭī rayir vājo vṛtratūrye
divo vṛṣṭir īḍyo rītir apām //
ṚV, 6, 14, 6.2 vīhi svastiṃ sukṣitiṃ
divo nṝn dviṣo aṃhāṃsi duritā tarema tā tarema tavāvasā tarema //
ṚV, 6, 15, 1.2 vetīd
divo januṣā kaccid ā śucir jyok cid atti garbho yad acyutam //
ṚV, 6, 17, 7.1 paprātha kṣām mahi daṃso vy urvīm upa
dyām ṛṣvo bṛhad indra stabhāyaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 17, 9.1 adha
dyauś cit te apa sā nu vajrād dvitānamad bhiyasā svasya manyoḥ /
ṚV, 6, 17, 14.2 bharadvāje nṛvata indra sūrīn
divi ca smaidhi pārye na indra //
ṚV, 6, 18, 12.1 pra tuvidyumnasya sthavirasya ghṛṣver
divo rarapśe mahimā pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 6, 20, 1.1 dyaur na ya indrābhi bhūmāryas tasthau rayiḥ śavasā pṛtsu janān /
ṚV, 6, 20, 2.1 divo na tubhyam anv indra satrāsuryaṃ devebhir dhāyi viśvam /
ṚV, 6, 21, 2.2 yasya
divam ati mahnā pṛthivyāḥ purumāyasya ririce mahitvam //
ṚV, 6, 23, 2.1 yad vā
divi pārye suṣvim indra vṛtrahatye 'vasi śūrasātau /
ṚV, 6, 24, 7.1 na yaṃ jaranti śarado na māsā na
dyāva indram avakarśayanti /
ṚV, 6, 30, 1.2 pra ririce
diva indraḥ pṛthivyā ardham id asya prati rodasī ubhe //
ṚV, 6, 30, 5.2 rājābhavo jagataś carṣaṇīnāṃ sākaṃ sūryaṃ janayan
dyām uṣāsam //
ṚV, 6, 33, 5.2 itthā gṛṇanto mahinasya śarman
divi ṣyāma pārye goṣatamāḥ //
ṚV, 6, 34, 4.1 asmā etad
divy arceva māsā mimikṣa indre ny ayāmi somaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 36, 5.1 sa tu śrudhi śrutyā yo duvoyur
dyaur na bhūmābhi rāyo aryaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 38, 4.2 vardhāhainam uṣaso yāmann aktor vardhān māsāḥ śarado
dyāva indram //
ṚV, 6, 40, 5.1 yad indra
divi pārye yad ṛdhag yad vā sve sadane yatra vāsi /
ṚV, 6, 44, 21.1 vṛṣāsi
divo vṛṣabhaḥ pṛthivyā vṛṣā sindhūnāṃ vṛṣabha stiyānām /
ṚV, 6, 44, 23.2 ayaṃ tridhātu
divi rocaneṣu triteṣu vindad amṛtaṃ nigūᄆham //
ṚV, 6, 47, 4.1 ayaṃ sa yo varimāṇam pṛthivyā varṣmāṇaṃ
divo akṛṇod ayaṃ saḥ /
ṚV, 6, 47, 5.2 ayam mahān mahatā skambhanenod
dyām astabhnād vṛṣabho marutvān //
ṚV, 6, 47, 27.1 divas pṛthivyāḥ pary oja udbhṛtaṃ vanaspatibhyaḥ pary ābhṛtaṃ sahaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 47, 29.1 upa śvāsaya pṛthivīm uta
dyām purutrā te manutāṃ viṣṭhitaṃ jagat /
ṚV, 6, 48, 6.1 ā yaḥ paprau bhānunā rodasī ubhe dhūmena dhāvate
divi /
ṚV, 6, 49, 2.2 divaḥ śiśuṃ sahasaḥ sūnum agniṃ yajñasya ketum aruṣaṃ yajadhyai //
ṚV, 6, 50, 13.2 tvaṣṭā devebhir janibhiḥ sajoṣā
dyaur devebhiḥ pṛthivī samudraiḥ //
ṚV, 6, 51, 1.2 ṛtasya śuci darśatam anīkaṃ rukmo na
diva uditā vy adyaut //
ṚV, 6, 51, 4.2 yūnaḥ sukṣatrān kṣayato
divo nṝn ādityān yāmy aditiṃ duvoyu //
ṚV, 6, 51, 5.1 dyauṣ pitaḥ pṛthivi mātar adhrug agne bhrātar vasavo mṛᄆatā naḥ /
ṚV, 6, 51, 8.1 nama id ugraṃ nama ā vivāse namo dādhāra pṛthivīm uta
dyām /
ṚV, 6, 52, 1.1 na tad
divā na pṛthivyānu manye na yajñena nota śamībhir ābhiḥ /
ṚV, 6, 52, 2.2 tapūṃṣi tasmai vṛjināni santu brahmadviṣam abhi taṃ śocatu
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 6, 52, 13.1 viśve devāḥ śṛṇutemaṃ havam me ye antarikṣe ya upa
dyavi ṣṭha /
ṚV, 6, 58, 1.1 śukraṃ te anyad yajataṃ te anyad viṣurūpe ahanī
dyaur ivāsi /
ṚV, 6, 58, 4.1 pūṣā subandhur
diva ā pṛthivyā iᄆas patir maghavā dasmavarcāḥ /
ṚV, 6, 62, 1.1 stuṣe narā
divo asya prasantāśvinā huve jaramāṇo arkaiḥ /
ṚV, 6, 64, 2.1 bhadrā dadṛkṣa urviyā vi bhāsy ut te śocir bhānavo
dyām apaptan /
ṚV, 6, 64, 4.2 sā na ā vaha pṛthuyāmann ṛṣve rayiṃ
divo duhitar iṣayadhyai //
ṚV, 6, 64, 5.2 tvaṃ
divo duhitar yā ha devī pūrvahūtau maṃhanā darśatā bhūḥ //
ṚV, 6, 65, 6.1 ucchā
divo duhitaḥ pratnavan no bharadvājavad vidhate maghoni /
ṚV, 6, 66, 8.2 toke vā goṣu tanaye yam apsu sa vrajaṃ dartā pārye adha
dyoḥ //
ṚV, 6, 67, 6.1 tā hi kṣatraṃ dhārayethe anu
dyūn dṛṃhethe sānum upamād iva dyoḥ /
ṚV, 6, 67, 6.1 tā hi kṣatraṃ dhārayethe anu dyūn dṛṃhethe sānum upamād iva
dyoḥ /
ṚV, 6, 67, 6.2 dṛᄆho nakṣatra uta viśvadevo bhūmim ātān
dyāṃ dhāsināyoḥ //
ṚV, 6, 68, 4.2 praibhya indrāvaruṇā mahitvā
dyauś ca pṛthivi bhūtam urvī //
ṚV, 6, 70, 6.1 ūrjaṃ no
dyauś ca pṛthivī ca pinvatām pitā mātā viśvavidā sudaṃsasā /
ṚV, 6, 71, 5.2 divo rohāṃsy aruhat pṛthivyā arīramat patayat kaccid abhvam //
ṚV, 6, 72, 2.2 upa
dyāṃ skambhathu skambhanenāprathatam pṛthivīm mātaraṃ vi //
ṚV, 6, 72, 3.1 indrāsomāv ahim apaḥ pariṣṭhāṃ hatho vṛtram anu vāṃ
dyaur amanyata /
ṚV, 7, 3, 3.2 acchā
dyām aruṣo dhūma eti saṃ dūto agna īyase hi devān //
ṚV, 7, 3, 6.2 divo na te tanyatur eti śuṣmaś citro na sūraḥ prati cakṣi bhānum //
ṚV, 7, 5, 1.1 prāgnaye tavase bharadhvaṃ giraṃ
divo arataye pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 5, 2.1 pṛṣṭo
divi dhāyy agniḥ pṛthivyāṃ netā sindhūnāṃ vṛṣabha stiyānām /
ṚV, 7, 5, 4.1 tava tridhātu pṛthivī uta
dyaur vaiśvānara vratam agne sacanta /
ṚV, 7, 6, 7.2 ā samudrād avarād ā parasmād āgnir dade
diva ā pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 7, 7, 5.2 dyauś ca yam pṛthivī vāvṛdhāte ā yaṃ hotā yajati viśvavāram //
ṚV, 7, 11, 5.2 imaṃ yajñaṃ
divi deveṣu dhehi yūyam pāta svastibhiḥ sadā naḥ //
ṚV, 7, 18, 2.1 rājeva hi janibhiḥ kṣeṣy evāva
dyubhir abhi viduṣ kaviḥ san /
ṚV, 7, 24, 3.1 ā no
diva ā pṛthivyā ṛjīṣinn idam barhiḥ somapeyāya yāhi /
ṚV, 7, 24, 5.2 indra tvāyam arka īṭṭe vasūnāṃ
divīva dyām adhi naḥ śromataṃ dhāḥ //
ṚV, 7, 24, 5.2 indra tvāyam arka īṭṭe vasūnāṃ divīva
dyām adhi naḥ śromataṃ dhāḥ //
ṚV, 7, 32, 21.2 suśaktir in maghavan tubhyam māvate deṣṇaṃ yat pārye
divi //
ṚV, 7, 33, 5.1 ud
dyām ivet tṛṣṇajo nāthitāso 'dīdhayur dāśarājñe vṛtāsaḥ /
ṚV, 7, 34, 2.1 viduḥ pṛthivyā
divo janitraṃ śṛṇvanty āpo adha kṣarantīḥ //
ṚV, 7, 34, 23.1 tan no rāyaḥ parvatās tan na āpas tad rātiṣāca oṣadhīr uta
dyauḥ /
ṚV, 7, 36, 3.2 maho
divaḥ sadane jāyamāno 'cikradad vṛṣabhaḥ sasminn ūdhan //
ṚV, 7, 38, 5.1 abhi ye mitho vanuṣaḥ sapante rātiṃ
divo rātiṣācaḥ pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 39, 5.1 āgne giro
diva ā pṛthivyā mitraṃ vaha varuṇam indram agnim /
ṚV, 7, 40, 2.1 mitras tan no varuṇo rodasī ca
dyubhaktam indro aryamā dadātu /
ṚV, 7, 43, 1.1 pra vo yajñeṣu devayanto arcan
dyāvā namobhiḥ pṛthivī iṣadhyai /
ṚV, 7, 45, 2.1 ud asya bāhū śithirā bṛhantā hiraṇyayā
divo antāṁ anaṣṭām /
ṚV, 7, 46, 3.1 yā te didyud avasṛṣṭā
divas pari kṣmayā carati pari sā vṛṇaktu naḥ /
ṚV, 7, 53, 1.1 pra
dyāvā yajñaiḥ pṛthivī namobhiḥ sabādha īᄆe bṛhatī yajatre /
ṚV, 7, 60, 7.1 ime
divo animiṣā pṛthivyāś cikitvāṃso acetasaṃ nayanti /
ṚV, 7, 61, 3.1 proror mitrāvaruṇā pṛthivyāḥ pra
diva ṛṣvād bṛhataḥ sudānū /
ṚV, 7, 62, 1.2 samo
divā dadṛśe rocamānaḥ kratvā kṛtaḥ sukṛtaḥ kartṛbhir bhūt //
ṚV, 7, 63, 4.1 divo rukma urucakṣā ud eti dūrearthas taraṇir bhrājamānaḥ /
ṚV, 7, 64, 1.1 divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ pṛthivyām pra vāṃ ghṛtasya nirṇijo dadīran /
ṚV, 7, 64, 2.2 iᄆāṃ no mitrāvaruṇota vṛṣṭim ava
diva invataṃ jīradānū //
ṚV, 7, 65, 2.2 aśyāma mitrāvaruṇā vayaṃ vāṃ
dyāvā ca yatra pīpayann ahā ca //
ṚV, 7, 67, 2.2 aceti ketur uṣasaḥ purastācchriye
divo duhitur jāyamānaḥ //
ṚV, 7, 69, 3.2 vi vāṃ ratho vadhvā yādamāno 'ntān
divo bādhate vartanibhyām //
ṚV, 7, 70, 3.1 yāni sthānāny aśvinā dadhāthe
divo yahvīṣv oṣadhīṣu vikṣu /
ṚV, 7, 75, 4.2 abhipaśyantī vayunā janānāṃ
divo duhitā bhuvanasya patnī //
ṚV, 7, 77, 6.1 yāṃ tvā
divo duhitar vardhayanty uṣaḥ sujāte matibhir vasiṣṭhāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 78, 4.1 aceti
divo duhitā maghonī viśve paśyanty uṣasaṃ vibhātīm /
ṚV, 7, 79, 2.1 vy añjate
divo anteṣv aktūn viśo na yuktā uṣaso yatante /
ṚV, 7, 79, 3.2 vi
divo devī duhitā dadhāty aṅgirastamā sukṛte vasūni //
ṚV, 7, 81, 5.2 yat te
divo duhitar martabhojanaṃ tad rāsva bhunajāmahai //
ṚV, 7, 82, 3.1 anv apāṃ khāny atṛntam ojasā sūryam airayataṃ
divi prabhum /
ṚV, 7, 83, 3.1 sam bhūmyā antā dhvasirā adṛkṣatendrāvaruṇā
divi ghoṣa āruhat /
ṚV, 7, 83, 5.2 yuvaṃ hi vasva ubhayasya rājatho 'dha smā no 'vatam pārye
divi //
ṚV, 7, 84, 2.1 yuvo rāṣṭram bṛhad invati
dyaur yau setṛbhir arajjubhiḥ sinīthaḥ /
ṚV, 7, 87, 5.1 tisro
dyāvo nihitā antar asmin tisro bhūmīr uparāḥ ṣaḍvidhānāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 87, 5.2 gṛtso rājā varuṇaś cakra etaṃ
divi preṅkhaṃ hiraṇyayaṃ śubhe kam //
ṚV, 7, 87, 6.1 ava sindhuṃ varuṇo
dyaur iva sthād drapso na śveto mṛgas tuviṣmān /
ṚV, 7, 88, 4.2 stotāraṃ vipraḥ sudinatve ahnāṃ yān nu
dyāvas tatanan yād uṣāsaḥ //
ṚV, 7, 97, 1.1 yajñe
divo nṛṣadane pṛthivyā naro yatra devayavo madanti /
ṚV, 7, 101, 4.1 yasmin viśvāni bhuvanāni tasthus tisro
dyāvas tredhā sasrur āpaḥ /
ṚV, 7, 104, 4.1 indrāsomā vartayataṃ
divo vadhaṃ sam pṛthivyā aghaśaṃsāya tarhaṇam /
ṚV, 7, 104, 5.1 indrāsomā vartayataṃ
divas pary agnitaptebhir yuvam aśmahanmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 7, 104, 19.1 pra vartaya
divo aśmānam indra somaśitam maghavan saṃ śiśādhi /
ṚV, 8, 19, 4.2 sa no mitrasya varuṇasya so apām ā sumnaṃ yakṣate
divi //
ṚV, 8, 22, 6.1 daśasyantā manave pūrvyaṃ
divi yavaṃ vṛkeṇa karṣathaḥ /
ṚV, 8, 27, 19.2 yan nimruci prabudhi viśvavedaso yad vā madhyandine
divaḥ //
ṚV, 8, 35, 2.1 viśvābhir dhībhir bhuvanena vājinā
divā pṛthivyādribhiḥ sacābhuvā /
ṚV, 8, 36, 4.1 janitā
divo janitā pṛthivyāḥ pibā somam madāya kaṃ śatakrato /
ṚV, 8, 40, 4.2 yayor viśvam idaṃ jagad iyaṃ
dyauḥ pṛthivī mahy upasthe bibhṛto vasu nabhantām anyake same //
ṚV, 8, 41, 5.2 sa kaviḥ kāvyā puru rūpaṃ
dyaur iva puṣyati nabhantām anyake same //
ṚV, 8, 41, 8.1 sa samudro apīcyas turo
dyām iva rohati ni yad āsu yajur dadhe /
ṚV, 8, 41, 10.2 sa dhāma pūrvyam mame ya skambhena vi rodasī ajo na
dyām adhārayan nabhantām anyake same //
ṚV, 8, 42, 1.1 astabhnād
dyām asuro viśvavedā amimīta varimāṇam pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 8, 51, 8.2 yaded astambhīt prathayann amūṃ
divam ād ij janiṣṭa pārthivaḥ //
ṚV, 8, 52, 7.2 turīyāditya havanaṃ ta indriyam ā tasthāv amṛtaṃ
divi //
ṚV, 8, 56, 5.2 agniḥ śukreṇa śociṣā bṛhat sūro arocata
divi sūryo arocata //
ṚV, 8, 57, 3.1 panāyyaṃ tad aśvinā kṛtaṃ vāṃ vṛṣabho
divo rajasaḥ pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 8, 87, 1.2 madhvaḥ sutasya sa
divi priyo narā pātaṃ gaurāv iveriṇe //
ṚV, 8, 87, 4.2 tā vāvṛdhānā upa suṣṭutiṃ
divo gantaṃ gaurāv iveriṇam //
ṚV, 8, 97, 14.2 tvad viśvāni bhuvanāni vajrin
dyāvā rejete pṛthivī ca bhīṣā //
ṚV, 8, 100, 12.1 sakhe viṣṇo vitaraṃ vi kramasva
dyaur dehi lokaṃ vajrāya viṣkabhe /
ṚV, 9, 68, 8.2 yo dhārayā madhumāṁ ūrmiṇā
diva iyarti vācaṃ rayiṣāᄆ amartyaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 68, 9.1 ayaṃ
diva iyarti viśvam ā rajaḥ somaḥ punānaḥ kalaśeṣu sīdati /
ṚV, 9, 69, 5.2 divas pṛṣṭham barhaṇā nirṇije kṛtopastaraṇaṃ camvor nabhasmayam //
ṚV, 9, 69, 8.2 yūyaṃ hi soma pitaro mama sthana
divo mūrdhānaḥ prasthitā vayaskṛtaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 70, 2.1 sa bhikṣamāṇo amṛtasya cāruṇa ubhe
dyāvā kāvyenā vi śaśrathe /
ṚV, 9, 71, 7.1 parā vyakto aruṣo
divaḥ kavir vṛṣā tripṛṣṭho anaviṣṭa gā abhi /
ṚV, 9, 72, 7.1 nābhā pṛthivyā dharuṇo maho
divo 'pām ūrmau sindhuṣv antar ukṣitaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 73, 4.1 sahasradhāre 'va te sam asvaran
divo nāke madhujihvā asaścataḥ /
ṚV, 9, 73, 5.2 indradviṣṭām apa dhamanti māyayā tvacam asiknīm bhūmano
divas pari //
ṚV, 9, 74, 1.2 divo retasā sacate payovṛdhā tam īmahe sumatī śarma saprathaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 74, 2.1 divo ya skambho dharuṇaḥ svātata āpūrṇo aṃśuḥ paryeti viśvataḥ /
ṚV, 9, 74, 6.2 catasro nābho nihitā avo
divo havir bharanty amṛtaṃ ghṛtaścutaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 74, 7.2 dhiyā śamī sacate sem abhi pravad
divas kavandham ava darṣad udriṇam //
ṚV, 9, 75, 2.2 dadhāti putraḥ pitror apīcyaṃ nāma tṛtīyam adhi rocane
divaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 76, 1.1 dhartā
divaḥ pavate kṛtvyo raso dakṣo devānām anumādyo nṛbhiḥ /
ṚV, 9, 77, 2.1 sa pūrvyaḥ pavate yaṃ
divas pari śyeno mathāyad iṣitas tiro rajaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 77, 5.1 cakrir
divaḥ pavate kṛtvyo raso mahāṁ adabdho varuṇo hurug yate /
ṚV, 9, 79, 4.1 divi te nābhā paramo ya ādade pṛthivyās te ruruhuḥ sānavi kṣipaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 80, 1.1 somasya dhārā pavate nṛcakṣasa ṛtena devān havate
divas pari /
ṚV, 9, 83, 2.1 tapoṣ pavitraṃ vitataṃ
divas pade śocanto asya tantavo vy asthiran /
ṚV, 9, 83, 2.2 avanty asya pavītāram āśavo
divas pṛṣṭham adhi tiṣṭhanti cetasā //
ṚV, 9, 85, 9.1 adhi
dyām asthād vṛṣabho vicakṣaṇo 'rūrucad vi divo rocanā kaviḥ /
ṚV, 9, 85, 9.1 adhi dyām asthād vṛṣabho vicakṣaṇo 'rūrucad vi
divo rocanā kaviḥ /
ṚV, 9, 85, 9.2 rājā pavitram aty eti roruvad
divaḥ pīyūṣaṃ duhate nṛcakṣasaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 85, 10.1 divo nāke madhujihvā asaścato venā duhanty ukṣaṇaṃ giriṣṭhām /
ṚV, 9, 86, 3.1 atyo na hiyāno abhi vājam arṣa svarvit kośaṃ
divo adrimātaram /
ṚV, 9, 86, 8.2 adhy asthāt sānu pavamāno avyayaṃ nābhā pṛthivyā dharuṇo maho
divaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 86, 9.1 divo na sānu stanayann acikradad dyauś ca yasya pṛthivī ca dharmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 9.1 divo na sānu stanayann acikradad
dyauś ca yasya pṛthivī ca dharmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 11.1 abhikrandan kalaśaṃ vājy arṣati patir
divaḥ śatadhāro vicakṣaṇaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 19.1 vṛṣā matīnām pavate vicakṣaṇaḥ somo ahnaḥ pratarītoṣaso
divaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 22.2 sīdann indrasya jaṭhare kanikradan nṛbhir yataḥ sūryam ārohayo
divi //
ṚV, 9, 86, 24.2 tvāṃ suparṇa ābharad
divas parīndo viśvābhir matibhiḥ pariṣkṛtam //
ṚV, 9, 86, 27.2 kṣipo mṛjanti pari gobhir āvṛtaṃ tṛtīye pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane
divaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 86, 29.2 tvaṃ
dyāṃ ca pṛthivīṃ cāti jabhriṣe tava jyotīṃṣi pavamāna sūryaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 86, 33.1 rājā sindhūnām pavate patir
diva ṛtasya yāti pathibhiḥ kanikradat /
ṚV, 9, 86, 35.2 indrāya madvā madyo madaḥ suto
divo viṣṭambha upamo vicakṣaṇaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 86, 42.1 so agre ahnāṃ harir haryato madaḥ pra cetasā cetayate anu
dyubhiḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 46.1 asarji skambho
diva udyato madaḥ pari tridhātur bhuvanāny arṣati /
ṚV, 9, 87, 2.2 pitā devānāṃ janitā sudakṣo viṣṭambho
divo dharuṇaḥ pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 9, 87, 8.2 divo na vidyut stanayanty abhraiḥ somasya te pavata indra dhārā //
ṚV, 9, 89, 1.1 pro sya vahniḥ pathyābhir asyān
divo na vṛṣṭiḥ pavamāno akṣāḥ /
ṚV, 9, 89, 3.1 siṃhaṃ nasanta madhvo ayāsaṃ harim aruṣaṃ
divo asya patim /
ṚV, 9, 89, 6.1 viṣṭambho
divo dharuṇaḥ pṛthivyā viśvā uta kṣitayo haste asya /
ṚV, 9, 96, 3.2 kṛṇvann apo varṣayan
dyām utemām uror ā no varivasyā punānaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 96, 5.1 somaḥ pavate janitā matīnāṃ janitā
divo janitā pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 9, 96, 14.1 vṛṣṭiṃ
divaḥ śatadhāraḥ pavasva sahasrasā vājayur devavītau /
ṚV, 9, 97, 13.1 vṛṣā śoṇo abhikanikradad gā nadayann eti pṛthivīm uta
dyām /
ṚV, 9, 97, 30.1 divo na sargā asasṛgram ahnāṃ rājā na mitram pra mināti dhīraḥ /
ṚV, 9, 97, 58.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 9, 109, 5.1 śukraḥ pavasva devebhyaḥ soma
dive pṛthivyai śaṃ ca prajāyai //
ṚV, 9, 109, 6.1 divo dhartāsi śukraḥ pīyūṣaḥ satye vidharman vājī pavasva //
ṚV, 9, 110, 8.1 divaḥ pīyūṣam pūrvyaṃ yad ukthyam maho gāhād diva ā nir adhukṣata /
ṚV, 9, 110, 8.1 divaḥ pīyūṣam pūrvyaṃ yad ukthyam maho gāhād
diva ā nir adhukṣata /
ṚV, 9, 112, 2.2 kārmāro aśmabhir
dyubhir hiraṇyavantam icchatīndrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 10, 3, 2.2 ūrdhvam bhānuṃ sūryasya stabhāyan
divo vasubhir aratir vi bhāti //
ṚV, 10, 3, 3.2 supraketair
dyubhir agnir vitiṣṭhan ruśadbhir varṇair abhi rāmam asthāt //
ṚV, 10, 3, 5.1 svanā na yasya bhāmāsaḥ pavante rocamānasya bṛhataḥ
sudivaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 3, 5.2 jyeṣṭhebhir yas tejiṣṭhaiḥ krīḍumadbhir varṣiṣṭhebhir bhānubhir nakṣati
dyām //
ṚV, 10, 7, 1.1 svasti no
divo agne pṛthivyā viśvāyur dhehi yajathāya deva /
ṚV, 10, 7, 3.2 agner anīkam bṛhataḥ saparyaṃ
divi śukraṃ yajataṃ sūryasya //
ṚV, 10, 7, 4.2 ṛtāvā sa rohidaśvaḥ purukṣur
dyubhir asmā ahabhir vāmam astu //
ṚV, 10, 7, 5.1 dyubhir hitam mitram iva prayogam pratnam ṛtvijam adhvarasya jāram /
ṚV, 10, 7, 6.1 svayaṃ yajasva
divi deva devān kiṃ te pākaḥ kṛṇavad apracetāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 8, 1.2 divaś cid antāṁ upamāṁ ud ānaḍ apām upasthe mahiṣo vavardha //
ṚV, 10, 8, 6.2 divi mūrdhānaṃ dadhiṣe svarṣāṃ jihvām agne cakṛṣe havyavāham //
ṚV, 10, 10, 2.2 mahas putrāso asurasya vīrā
divo dhartāra urviyā pari khyan //
ṚV, 10, 10, 5.2 nakir asya pra minanti vratāni veda nāv asya pṛthivī uta
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 10, 10, 9.2 divā pṛthivyā mithunā sabandhū yamīr yamasya bibhṛyād ajāmi //
ṚV, 10, 11, 1.1 vṛṣā vṛṣṇe duduhe dohasā
divaḥ payāṃsi yahvo aditer adābhyaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 11, 7.2 iṣaṃ dadhāno vahamāno aśvair ā sa dyumāṁ amavān bhūṣati
dyūn //
ṚV, 10, 12, 4.1 arcāmi vāṃ vardhāyāpo ghṛtasnū
dyāvābhūmī śṛṇutaṃ rodasī me /
ṚV, 10, 12, 4.2 ahā yad
dyāvo 'sunītim ayan madhvā no atra pitarā śiśītām //
ṚV, 10, 15, 14.1 ye agnidagdhā ye anagnidagdhā madhye
divaḥ svadhayā mādayante /
ṚV, 10, 16, 3.1 sūryaṃ cakṣur gacchatu vātam ātmā
dyāṃ ca gaccha pṛthivīṃ ca dharmaṇā /
ṚV, 10, 17, 6.1 prapathe pathām ajaniṣṭa pūṣā prapathe
divaḥ prapathe pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 17, 11.1 drapsaś caskanda prathamāṁ anu
dyūn imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 27, 5.2 mama svanāt kṛdhukarṇo bhayāta eved anu
dyūn kiraṇaḥ sam ejāt //
ṚV, 10, 28, 6.1 evā hi māṃ tavasaṃ vardhayanti
divaś cin me bṛhata uttarā dhūḥ /
ṚV, 10, 28, 12.2 nṛvad vadann upa no māhi vājān
divi śravo dadhiṣe nāma vīraḥ //
ṚV, 10, 29, 6.1 mātre nu te sumite indra pūrvī
dyaur majmanā pṛthivī kāvyena /
ṚV, 10, 35, 3.1 dyāvā no adya pṛthivī anāgaso mahī trāyetāṃ suvitāya mātarā /
ṚV, 10, 35, 10.1 ā no barhiḥ sadhamāde bṛhad
divi devāṁ īḍe sādayā sapta hotṝn /
ṚV, 10, 36, 2.1 dyauś ca naḥ pṛthivī ca pracetasa ṛtāvarī rakṣatām aṃhaso riṣaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 37, 1.2 dūredṛśe devajātāya ketave
divas putrāya sūryāya śaṃsata //
ṚV, 10, 37, 2.1 sā mā satyoktiḥ pari pātu viśvato
dyāvā ca yatra tatanann ahāni ca /
ṚV, 10, 44, 8.1 girīṃr ajrān rejamānāṁ adhārayad
dyauḥ krandad antarikṣāṇi kopayat /
ṚV, 10, 45, 1.1 divas pari prathamaṃ jajñe agnir asmad dvitīyam pari jātavedāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 45, 3.1 samudre tvā nṛmaṇā apsv antar nṛcakṣā īdhe
divo agna ūdhan /
ṚV, 10, 45, 4.1 akrandad agni stanayann iva
dyauḥ kṣāmā rerihad vīrudhaḥ samañjan /
ṚV, 10, 45, 7.2 iyarti dhūmam aruṣam bharibhrad uc chukreṇa śociṣā
dyām inakṣan //
ṚV, 10, 45, 8.2 agnir amṛto abhavad vayobhir yad enaṃ
dyaur janayat suretāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 46, 9.1 dyāvā yam agnim pṛthivī janiṣṭām āpas tvaṣṭā bhṛgavo yaṃ sahobhiḥ /
ṚV, 10, 49, 2.1 māṃ dhur indraṃ nāma devatā
divaś ca gmaś cāpāṃ ca jantavaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 55, 1.2 ud astabhnāḥ pṛthivīṃ
dyām abhīke bhrātuḥ putrān maghavan titviṣāṇaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 55, 8.2 pītvī somasya
diva ā vṛdhānaḥ śūro nir yudhādhamad dasyūn //
ṚV, 10, 56, 2.2 ahruto maho dharuṇāya devān
divīva jyotiḥ svam ā mimīyāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 59, 3.1 abhī ṣv aryaḥ pauṃsyair bhavema
dyaur na bhūmiṃ girayo nājrān /
ṚV, 10, 59, 4.2 dyubhir hito jarimā sū no astu parātaraṃ su nirṛtir jihītām //
ṚV, 10, 59, 7.1 punar no asum pṛthivī dadātu punar
dyaur devī punar antarikṣam /
ṚV, 10, 59, 8.2 bharatām apa yad rapo
dyauḥ pṛthivi kṣamā rapo mo ṣu te kiṃ canāmamat //
ṚV, 10, 59, 9.2 kṣamā cariṣṇv ekakam bharatām apa yad rapo
dyauḥ pṛthivi kṣamā rapo mo ṣu te kiṃ canāmamat //
ṚV, 10, 59, 10.2 bharatām apa yad rapo
dyauḥ pṛthivi kṣamā rapo mo ṣu te kiṃ canāmamat //
ṚV, 10, 61, 18.1 tadbandhuḥ sūrir
divi te dhiyandhā nābhānediṣṭho rapati pra venan /
ṚV, 10, 62, 3.1 ya ṛtena sūryam ārohayan
divy aprathayan pṛthivīm mātaraṃ vi /
ṚV, 10, 63, 3.1 yebhyo mātā madhumat pinvate payaḥ pīyūṣaṃ
dyaur aditir adribarhāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 63, 4.2 jyotīrathā ahimāyā anāgaso
divo varṣmāṇaṃ vasate svastaye //
ṚV, 10, 63, 5.1 samrājo ye suvṛdho yajñam āyayur aparihvṛtā dadhire
divi kṣayam /
ṚV, 10, 63, 10.1 sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ
dyām anehasaṃ suśarmāṇam aditiṃ supraṇītim /
ṚV, 10, 64, 3.2 sūryāmāsā candramasā yamaṃ
divi tritaṃ vātam uṣasam aktum aśvinā //
ṚV, 10, 65, 7.2 dyāṃ skabhitvy apa ā cakrur ojasā yajñaṃ janitvī tanvī ni māmṛjuḥ //
ṚV, 10, 65, 11.2 sūryaṃ
divi rohayantaḥ sudānava āryā vratā visṛjanto adhi kṣami //
ṚV, 10, 65, 13.1 pāvīravī tanyatur ekapād ajo
divo dhartā sindhur āpaḥ samudriyaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 66, 10.1 dhartāro
diva ṛbhavaḥ suhastā vātāparjanyā mahiṣasya tanyatoḥ /
ṚV, 10, 67, 5.2 bṛhaspatir uṣasaṃ sūryaṃ gām arkaṃ viveda stanayann iva
dyauḥ //
ṚV, 10, 68, 4.1 āpruṣāyan madhuna ṛtasya yonim avakṣipann arka ulkām iva
dyoḥ /
ṚV, 10, 68, 11.1 abhi śyāvaṃ na kṛśanebhir aśvaṃ nakṣatrebhiḥ pitaro
dyām apiṃśan /
ṚV, 10, 70, 5.1 divo vā sānu spṛśatā varīyaḥ pṛthivyā vā mātrayā vi śrayadhvam /
ṚV, 10, 74, 2.1 hava eṣām asuro nakṣata
dyāṃ śravasyatā manasā niṃsata kṣām /
ṚV, 10, 74, 2.2 cakṣāṇā yatra suvitāya devā
dyaur na vārebhiḥ kṛṇavanta svaiḥ //
ṚV, 10, 75, 3.1 divi svano yatate bhūmyopary anantaṃ śuṣmam ud iyarti bhānunā /
ṚV, 10, 76, 5.1 divaś cid ā vo 'mavattarebhyo vibhvanā cid āśvapastarebhyaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 77, 2.2 divas putrāsa etā na yetira ādityāsas te akrā na vāvṛdhuḥ //
ṚV, 10, 77, 3.1 pra ye
divaḥ pṛthivyā na barhaṇā tmanā riricre abhrān na sūryaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 81, 2.2 yato bhūmiṃ janayan viśvakarmā vi
dyām aurṇon mahinā viśvacakṣāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 81, 6.1 viśvakarman haviṣā vāvṛdhānaḥ svayaṃ yajasva pṛthivīm uta
dyām /
ṚV, 10, 82, 5.1 paro
divā para enā pṛthivyā paro devebhir asurair yad asti /
ṚV, 10, 88, 2.2 tasya devāḥ pṛthivī
dyaur utāpo 'raṇayann oṣadhīḥ sakhye asya //
ṚV, 10, 88, 3.2 yo bhānunā pṛthivīṃ
dyām utemām ātatāna rodasī antarikṣam //
ṚV, 10, 88, 8.2 sa eṣāṃ yajño abhavat tanūpās taṃ
dyaur veda tam pṛthivī tam āpaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 89, 3.1 samānam asmā anapāvṛd arca kṣmayā
divo asamam brahma navyam /
ṚV, 10, 89, 4.2 yo akṣeṇeva cakriyā śacībhir viṣvak tastambha pṛthivīm uta
dyām //
ṚV, 10, 91, 3.2 vasur vasūnāṃ kṣayasi tvam eka id
dyāvā ca yāni pṛthivī ca puṣyataḥ //
ṚV, 10, 92, 1.2 śocañchuṣkāsu hariṇīṣu jarbhurad vṛṣā ketur yajato
dyām aśāyata //
ṚV, 10, 92, 4.1 ṛtasya hi prasitir
dyaur uru vyaco namo mahy aramatiḥ panīyasī /
ṚV, 10, 92, 6.1 krāṇā rudrā maruto viśvakṛṣṭayo
divaḥ śyenāso asurasya nīḍayaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 92, 9.2 yebhiḥ śivaḥ svavāṁ evayāvabhir
divaḥ siṣakti svayaśā nikāmabhiḥ //
ṚV, 10, 94, 5.1 suparṇā vācam akratopa
dyavy ākhare kṛṣṇā iṣirā anartiṣuḥ /
ṚV, 10, 94, 12.2 ajuryāso hariṣāco haridrava ā
dyāṃ raveṇa pṛthivīm aśuśravuḥ //
ṚV, 10, 96, 4.1 divi na ketur adhi dhāyi haryato vivyacad vajro harito na raṃhyā /
ṚV, 10, 98, 3.2 yayā vṛṣṭiṃ śantanave vanāva
divo drapso madhumāṁ ā viveśa //
ṚV, 10, 98, 10.2 tebhir vardhasva tanvaḥ śūra pūrvīr
divo no vṛṣṭim iṣito rirīhi //
ṚV, 10, 111, 3.2 ān menāṃ kṛṇvann acyuto bhuvad goḥ patir
divaḥ sanajā apratītaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 111, 5.1 indro
divaḥ pratimānam pṛthivyā viśvā veda savanā hanti śuṣṇam /
ṚV, 10, 111, 5.2 mahīṃ cid
dyām ātanot sūryeṇa cāskambha cit kambhanena skabhīyān //
ṚV, 10, 111, 7.2 ā yan nakṣatraṃ dadṛśe
divo na punar yato nakir addhā nu veda //
ṚV, 10, 115, 7.2 mitrāso na ye sudhitā ṛtāyavo
dyāvo na dyumnair abhi santi mānuṣān //
ṚV, 10, 121, 1.2 sa dādhāra pṛthivīṃ
dyām utemāṃ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
ṚV, 10, 121, 5.1 yena
dyaur ugrā pṛthivī ca dṛḍhā yena sva stabhitaṃ yena nākaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 121, 9.1 mā no hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ pṛthivyā yo vā
divaṃ satyadharmā jajāna /
ṚV, 10, 124, 7.1 kaviḥ kavitvā
divi rūpam āsajad aprabhūtī varuṇo nir apaḥ sṛjat /
ṚV, 10, 133, 5.2 ava tasya balaṃ tira mahīva
dyaur adha tmanā nabhantām anyakeṣāṃ jyākā adhi dhanvasu //
ṚV, 10, 138, 3.1 vi sūryo madhye amucad rathaṃ
divo vidad dāsāya pratimānam āryaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 138, 6.2 māsāṃ vidhānam adadhā adhi
dyavi tvayā vibhinnam bharati pradhim pitā //
ṚV, 10, 149, 1.1 savitā yantraiḥ pṛthivīm aramṇād askambhane savitā
dyām adṛṃhat /
ṚV, 10, 149, 4.2 patir iva jāyām abhi no ny etu dhartā
divaḥ savitā viśvavāraḥ //
ṚV, 10, 170, 2.1 vibhrāḍ bṛhat subhṛtaṃ vājasātamaṃ dharman
divo dharuṇe satyam arpitam /
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 1, 2, 4.1 ā no yātaṃ trivṛtā somapeyaṃ rathena
dyukṣāsavanaṃ madāya /
ṚVKh, 1, 2, 7.1 agne mandantu yatayaḥ stomaḥ pra ṇu tyaṃ
divaṃ yānti gharmam /
ṚVKh, 1, 4, 4.1 panāyyaṃ tad aśvinākṛtaṃ vāṃ vṛṣabho
divo rajasaḥ pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚVKh, 1, 12, 8.1 yad vāṃ cakṣur
divi yat suparṇo yena paśyatho bhuvanāny amartyā /
ṚVKh, 2, 6, 19.2 vīhi svastiṃ sukṣitiṃ
divo nṝn dviṣo aṃhāṃsi duritā tarema tā tarema tavāvasā tarema //
ṚVKh, 2, 7, 5.2 vīhi svastiṃ sukṣitiṃ
divo nṝn dviṣo aṃhāṃsi duritā tarema tā tarema tavāvasā tarema //
ṚVKh, 2, 8, 5.2 vīhi svastiṃ sukṣitiṃ
divo nṝn dviṣo aṃhāṃsi duritā tarema tā tarema tavāvasā tarema //
ṚVKh, 3, 3, 8.2 yaded astambhīt prathayann amūṃ
divam ād ijjaniṣṭa pārthivaḥ //
ṚVKh, 3, 8, 5.2 agniḥ śukreṇa śociṣā bṛhat sūryo arocata
divi sūryo arocata /
ṚVKh, 3, 22, 3.1 mahān mahī astabhāyad vijāto
dyāṃ pitā sadma pārthivaṃ ca rajaḥ /
ṚVKh, 3, 22, 5.1 tā sūryācandramasā gātuvittamā mahat tejo vasumad bhrājato
divi /
ṚVKh, 3, 22, 7.1 patī dyumad viśvavidā ubhā
divaḥ sūryā ubhā candramasā vicakṣaṇā /
ṚVKh, 3, 22, 8.2 sūryā hi candrā vasu tveṣadarśatā manasvinobhānu carato nu saṃ
divam //
ṚVKh, 3, 22, 9.1 asya śravo nadyaḥ sapta bibhrati
dyāvā kṣāmā pṛthivī darśataṃ vapuḥ /
ṚVKh, 4, 9, 6.1 devo agnis sviṣṭakṛt sudraviṇā mandraḥ kavis satyamanmāyajī hotā hotur āyajīyān agne yān devān ayāḍ yāṁ apiprer ye te hotre amatsata tāṃ sasanuṣīṃ hotrāṃ devaṅgamāṃ
divi deveṣu yajñam erayemaṃ sviṣṭakṛc cāgnir hotābhūd vasuvane vasudheyasya namovāke vīhi //
ṚVKh, 4, 9, 7.2 agniś śukreṇa śociṣā bṛhat sūryo arocata
divi sūryo arocata /
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 5, 12.1 atha skannād vā bhinnād vā tredhā yajña utkrāmati devān
divaṃ tṛtīyam antarikṣaṃ manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ pṛthivīṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyam //
ṢB, 1, 5, 13.1 tad abhimṛśed devān
divaṃ yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 87.2 nṛpatirapi jagāma paurasaṃghair
divam amarair maghavān ivārcyamānaḥ //
BCar, 2, 18.2 jātaṃ praharṣaṃ na śaśāka soḍhuṃ tato nivāsāya
divaṃ jagāma //
BCar, 2, 53.2 svargāya śabdaṃ
divamātmahetordharmārthamātmasthitimācakāṅkṣa //
BCar, 3, 22.2 ūrdhvonmukhāścainamudīkṣamāṇā narā babhur
dyām iva gantukāmāḥ //
BCar, 6, 58.2 yathāvadenaṃ
divi devasaṅghā divyairviśeṣair mahayāṃ ca cakruḥ //
BCar, 6, 63.2 vyādhastu divyaṃ vapureva bibhrattacchuklamādāya
divaṃ jagāma //
BCar, 7, 18.1 evaṃvidhaiḥ kālacitaistapobhiḥ
parairdivaṃ yāntyaparairnṛlokam /
BCar, 8, 21.2 striyo na rejurmṛjayā vinākṛtā
divīva tārā rajanīkṣayāruṇāḥ //
BCar, 8, 48.2 divi praviddhaṃ mukuṭaṃ ca taddhṛtaṃ tato 'pi daivo vidhireṣa gṛhyatām //
BCar, 8, 79.2 gate vanaṃ yastanaye
divaṃ gato na moghabāṣpaḥ kṛpaṇaṃ jijīva ha //
BCar, 8, 84.2 na hi sa
divi na cakravartirājye kṣaṇamapi vāsayituṃ sukhena śakyaḥ //
BCar, 9, 10.1 tāvarcayāmāsatur arhatas taṃ
divīva śukrāṅgirasau mahendram /
BCar, 9, 10.2 pratyarcayāmāsa sa cārhatastau
divīva śukrāṅgirasau mahendraḥ //
BCar, 9, 12.2 yathopaviṣṭaṃ
divi pārijāte bṛhaspatiḥ śakrasutaṃ jayantam //
BCar, 11, 14.1 bhuktvāpi rājyaṃ
divi devatānāṃ śatakratau vṛtrabhayātpranaṣṭe /
BCar, 11, 70.1 avendravad
divyava śaśvadarkavad guṇair ava śreya ihāva gām ava /
BCar, 12, 118.1 yathā bhramantyo
divi cāṣapaṅktayaḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ tvāṃ kamalākṣa kurvate /
BCar, 12, 118.2 yathā ca saumyā
divi vānti vāyavastvamadya buddho niyataṃ bhaviṣyasi //
BCar, 13, 28.2 na
dyauścakāśe pṛthivī cakampe prajajvaluścaiva diśaḥ saśabdāḥ //
BCar, 13, 52.2 sattvāni yaiḥ saṃcukucuḥ samantādvajrāhatā
dyauḥ phalatīti matvā //
BCar, 13, 72.2 yuvatiriva sahāsā
dyauścakāśe sacandrā surabhi ca jalagarbhaṃ puṣpavarṣaṃ papāta //
Carakasaṃhitā
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 17, 29.2 vinādya khaṃ
divam api caiva sarvaśas tato gatāḥ saliladharā yathāgatam //
MBh, 1, 42, 3.6 na te kratuśatair lokāḥ prāpyante
divi mānada tapobhir vividhair vāpi yāṃllokān putriṇo gatāḥ //
MBh, 1, 50, 6.1 yajñaḥ śruto no
divi devasūnor yudhiṣṭhirasyājamīḍhasya rājñaḥ /
MBh, 1, 84, 5.4 vedān adhītya tapasā yojya dehaṃ
divaṃ samāyāt puruṣo vītamohaḥ /
MBh, 1, 87, 8.3 yadyantarikṣe yadi vā
divi śritāḥ kṣetrajñaṃ tvāṃ tasya dharmasya manye //
MBh, 1, 87, 9.3 tāvallokā
divi te saṃsthitā vai tathā vijānīhi narendrasiṃha //
MBh, 1, 87, 10.2 tāṃste dadāmi mā prapata prapātaṃ ye me lokā
divi rājendra santi /
MBh, 1, 87, 10.3 yadyantarikṣe yadi vā
divi śritās tān ākrama kṣipram amitrasāha //
MBh, 1, 87, 13.3 yadyantarikṣe yadi vā
divi śritāḥ kṣetrajñaṃ tvāṃ tasya dharmasya manye //
MBh, 1, 87, 15.3 yadyantarikṣe yadi vā
divi śritāstān ākrama kṣipram apetamohaḥ //
MBh, 1, 88, 1.2 pṛcchāmi tvāṃ vasumanā rauśadaśvir yadyasti loko
divi mahyaṃ narendra /
MBh, 1, 88, 2.3 lokāstāvanto
divi saṃsthitā vai te nāntavantaḥ pratipālayanti //
MBh, 1, 88, 6.3 yadyantarikṣe yadi vā
divi śritāḥ kṣetrajñaṃ tvāṃ tasya dharmasya manye //
MBh, 1, 88, 7.3 tenānantā
divi lokāḥ śritāste vidyudrūpāḥ svanavanto mahāntaḥ //
MBh, 1, 88, 24.1 satyena me
dyauśca vasuṃdharā ca tathaivāgnir jvalate mānuṣeṣu /
MBh, 3, 26, 13.2 saptarṣayaḥ pārtha
divi prabhānti neśe balasyeti cared adharmam //
MBh, 3, 99, 12.2 tasya praṇādena dharā diśaśca khaṃ
dyaur nagāś cāpi cacāla sarvam //
MBh, 3, 113, 19.1 sampūjitas tena nararṣabheṇa dadarśa putraṃ
divi devaṃ yathendram /
MBh, 3, 161, 3.2 manaḥprasādaḥ paramo babhūva yathā
divaṃ prāpya marudgaṇānām //
MBh, 5, 1, 7.2 rarāja sā rājavatī samṛddhā grahair iva
dyaur vimalair upetā //
MBh, 5, 45, 3.2 sa sadhrīcīḥ sa viṣūcīr vasānā ubhe bibharti pṛthivīṃ
divaṃ ca /
MBh, 5, 45, 4.1 ubhau ca devau pṛthivīṃ
divaṃ ca diśaśca śukraṃ bhuvanaṃ bibharti /
MBh, 5, 47, 7.3 yudhiṣṭhireṇendrakalpena caiva yo 'padhyānānnirdahed gāṃ
divaṃ ca //
MBh, 5, 47, 43.2 astre kṛtī nipuṇaḥ kṣiprahasto
divi sthitaḥ sūrya ivābhibhāti //
MBh, 5, 55, 11.1 yathāgnidhūmo
divam eti ruddhvā varṇān bibhrat taijasaṃ taccharīram /
MBh, 5, 158, 19.2 durādharṣāṃ devacamūprakāśāṃ guptāṃ narendraistridaśair iva
dyām //
MBh, 6, 56, 5.2 babhau savidyutstanayitnukalpā jalāgame
dyaur iva jātameghā //
MBh, 7, 7, 27.2 pracchādyamānā patitair babhūva samantato
dyaur iva kālameghaiḥ //
MBh, 7, 25, 57.2 kṣitiṃ viyad
dyāṃ vidiśo diśastathā samāvṛṇot pārthiva saṃyuge tadā //
MBh, 7, 48, 42.2 divaṃ ca bhūmiṃ ca samānayann iva priyāṃ tanuṃ bhānur upaiti pāvakam //
MBh, 7, 94, 5.2 sahasranetrapratimaprabhāvaṃ
divīva sūryaṃ jaladavyapāye //
MBh, 7, 171, 62.2 dharā viyad
dyauḥ pradiśo diśaśca channā bāṇair abhavan ghorarūpaiḥ //
MBh, 7, 172, 61.1 jalaṃ
divaṃ khaṃ kṣitiṃ candrasūryau tathā vāyvagnī pratimānaṃ jagacca /
MBh, 8, 12, 62.2 pracchādayitvā
divi candrasūryau nanāda so 'mbhoda ivātapānte //
MBh, 8, 66, 18.1 mahī viyad
dyauḥ salilāni vāyunā yathā vibhinnāni vibhānti bhārata /
MBh, 8, 68, 20.3 divaś cyutair bhūr atidīptimadbhir naktaṃ grahair dyaur amaleva dīptaiḥ //
MBh, 8, 68, 20.3 divaś cyutair bhūr atidīptimadbhir naktaṃ grahair
dyaur amaleva dīptaiḥ //
MBh, 8, 68, 24.2 prabhagnanīḍair maṇihemamaṇḍitaiḥ stṛtā mahī
dyaur iva śāradair ghanaiḥ //
MBh, 8, 68, 50.1 hate karṇe na diśo viprajajñus tamovṛtā
dyaur vicacāla bhūmiḥ /
MBh, 8, 68, 51.2 athāntarikṣe
divi ceha cāsakṛd babhūva hāheti janasya nisvanaḥ //
MBh, 9, 53, 34.2 sarasvatīṃ prāpya
divaṃ gatā janāḥ sadā smariṣyanti nadīṃ sarasvatīm //
MBh, 13, 27, 86.1 khyātir yasyāḥ khaṃ
divaṃ gāṃ ca nityaṃ purā diśo vidiśaścāvatasthe /
MBh, 13, 143, 7.1 kṛṣṇaḥ pṛthvīm asṛjat khaṃ
divaṃ ca varāho 'yaṃ bhīmabalaḥ purāṇaḥ /
MBh, 14, 9, 30.2 divaḥ prahrādam avasānam ānayaṃ ko me 'sukhāya prahareta martyaḥ //
MBh, 14, 26, 3.2 tenānuśiṣṭā bāndhavā bandhumantaḥ saptarṣayaḥ sapta
divi prabhānti //
MBh, 14, 51, 56.2 yathā nihatyārigaṇāñ śatakratur
divaṃ tathānartapurīṃ pratāpavān //
MBh, 16, 5, 22.1 divaṃ prāptaṃ vāsavo 'thāśvinau ca rudrādityā vasavaścātha viśve /
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Ay, 9, 47.2 narendrapatnī vimanā babhūva sā tamovṛtā
dyaur iva magnatārakā //
Rām, Ay, 60, 18.1 gataprabhā
dyaur iva bhāskaraṃ vinā vyapetanakṣatragaṇeva śarvarī /
Rām, Ār, 3, 27.2 vijahratus tau muditau mahāvane
divi sthitau candradivākarāv iva //
Rām, Su, 4, 1.2 dadarśa dhīmān
divi bhānumantaṃ goṣṭhe vṛṣaṃ mattam iva bhramantam //
Rām, Su, 45, 13.2 kapeḥ kumārasya ca vīkṣya saṃyugaṃ nanāda ca
dyaur udadhiśca cukṣubhe //
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 1, 61.2 te tatra priyaguravastamabhyaṣicann ādityā daśaśatalocanaṃ
divīva //
SaundĀ, 1, 62.2 tadbhrātṛbhiḥ parivṛtaḥ sa jugopa rāṣṭram saṃkrandano
divamivānusṛto marudbhiḥ //
SaundĀ, 3, 23.2 megha iva
divi vavarṣa punaḥ punarajvalannava ivodito raviḥ //
SaundĀ, 6, 9.2 vivarṇavaktrā na rarāja cāśu vivarṇacandreva himāgame
dyauḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 61.1 ihādhivāso
divi daivataiḥ samaṃ vanāni ramyāṇyajarāśca yoṣitaḥ /
SaundĀ, 10, 62.2 asaṃśayaṃ yattviha dharmacaryayā bhaveyuretā
divi puṇyakarmaṇaḥ //
SaundĀ, 11, 60.2 tadvad
dyāṃ pratibhūvadātmaniyamairdhyānādibhiḥ prāptavān kāle karmasu teṣu bhuktaviṣayeṣvākṛṣyate gāṃ punaḥ //
SaundĀ, 11, 61.2 antarlokagatāḥ
kṛtārthamatayastadvaddivi dhyāyino manyante śivamacyutaṃ dhruvamiti svaṃ sthānamāvartakam //
SaundĀ, 11, 62.1 tajjanmavyādhimṛtyuvyasanaparigataṃ matvā jagadidaṃ saṃsāre bhrāmyamāṇaṃ
divi nṛṣu narake tiryakpitṛṣu ca /
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 41.3 na ca
divo devajanena guptā na cāntarikṣāṇi na ca bhūma imāḥ yasminn idaṃ sarvam otaprotaṃ tasmād anyaṃ na paraṃ kiṃca nāsti //
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 3, 9.2 vṛkṣa iva stabdho
divi tiṣṭhaty ekas tenedaṃ pūrṇaṃ puruṣeṇa sarvam //
Agnipurāṇa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 218.0 yanmayā divā urabhrāḥ praghātitāḥ tasya karmaṇo vipākena
divā evaṃvidhaṃ duḥkhaṃ pratyanubhavāmi //
Divyāv, 19, 398.1 santi tāni puṣpāṇi yāni rātrau vikasanti
divā mlāyanti santi yāni divā vikasanti rātrau mlāyanti santi te maṇayo ye rātrau jvalanti na divā santi ye divā jvalanti na rātrau santi te śakunayo ye rātrau kūjanti na divā santi ye divā kūjanti na rātrau rājā vismayamāpannaḥ kathayati kumāra avitathavādī bhagavān //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 1, 26.2 tad aṇḍam akarod dvaidhaṃ
divaṃ bhuvam athāpi ca //
HV, 1, 37.3 divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ caiva mahimnā vyāpya tiṣṭhati //
HV, 2, 2.1 āpavasya mahimnā tu
divam āvṛtya tiṣṭhataḥ /
HV, 5, 13.2 dyāṃ vai bhuvaṃ ca rundheyaṃ nātra kāryā vicāraṇā //
HV, 7, 31.2 saptamo jamadagniś ca ṛṣayaḥ sāṃprataṃ
divi //
HV, 7, 36.2 kṛtvā karma
divaṃ yānti brahmalokam anāmayam //
HV, 7, 42.1 anāgatāś ca saptaiva smṛtā
divi maharṣayaḥ /
HV, 9, 66.1 tasmin prayāte durdharṣe
divi śabdo mahān abhūt /
HV, 12, 5.1 tataḥ kadācit paśyāmi
divaṃ prajvālya tejasā /
HV, 13, 24.2 pitaro
divi vartante devās tān bhāvayanty uta /
HV, 13, 32.1 yaiḥ kriyante hi karmāṇi śarīrair
divi daivataiḥ /
HV, 13, 41.1 vaibhrājā nāma te lokā
divi bhānti sudarśanāḥ /
HV, 13, 52.1 teṣāṃ vai mānasī kanyā gaur nāma
divi viśrutā /
HV, 21, 2.2 āhartā cāgnihotrasya yajñānāṃ ca
divo mahīm //
HV, 21, 27.1 tasmiṃs tu devaiḥ sadṛśo
divaṃ prāpte mahīpatau /
HV, 23, 11.2 vacanāt tasya viprarṣer na papāta
divo mahīm //
HV, 24, 15.2 jajñe yasya prasūtasya dundubhyaḥ prāṇadan
divi //
HV, 30, 5.1 devamānuṣayor netā
dyor bhuvaḥ prabhavo vibhuḥ /
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 200.1 aparedyurudyati bhagavati dyumaṇāvuddāmadyutāvabhidrutatārake tiraskṛtatamasi tāmarasavyāsavyasanini sahasraraśmau śoṇam uttīryāyāntī taraladehaprabhāvitānacchalenātyacchaṃ sakalaṃ śoṇasalilam ivānayantī sphuṭitātimuktakakusumastabakasamatviṣi saṭāle mahati mṛgapatāviva gaurī turaṅgame sthitā salīlam urobandhāropitasya tiryagutkarṇaturagākarṇyamānanūpurapaṭuraṇitasyātibahalena piṇḍālaktakena pallavitasya kuṅkumapiñjaritapṛṣṭhasya caraṇayugalasya prasaradbhiratilohitaiḥ prabhāpravāhair ubhayatastāḍanadohadalobhāgatāni kisalayitāni raktāśokavanānīvākarṣayantī sakalajīvanalokahṛdayahaṭhaharaṇāghoṣaṇayeva raśanayā śiñjānajaghanasthalā dhautadhavalanetranirmitena nirmokalaghutareṇāprapadīnena kañcukena tirohitatanulatā chātakañcukāntaradṛśyamānair āśyānacandanadhavalair avayavaiḥ svacchasalilābhyantaravibhāvyamānamṛṇālakāṇḍeva sarasī kusumbharāgapāṭalaṃ pulakabandhacitraṃ caṇḍātakamantaḥsphuṭaṃ sphaṭikabhūmiriva ratnanidhānamādadhānā hāreṇāmalakīphalanistulamuktāphalena sphuritasthūlagrahagaṇaśārā śāradīva śvetaviralajaladharapaṭalāvṛtā
dyauḥ kucapūrṇakalaśayorupari ratnaprālambamālikāmaruṇaharitakiraṇakisalayinīṃ kasyāpi puṇyavato hṛdayapraveśavanamālikāmiva baddhāṃ dhārayantī prakoṣṭhaniviṣṭasyaikasya hāṭakakaṭakasya marakatamakaravedikāsanāthasya haritīkṛtadigantābhir mayūkhasaṃtatibhiḥ sthalakamalinībhir iva lakṣmīśaṅkhayānugamyamānā atibahalatāmbūlakṛṣṇikāndhakāritenādharasaṃpuṭena mukhaśaśipītaṃ sasaṃdhyārāgaṃ timiramiva vamantī vikacanayanakuvalayakutūhalālīnayālikulasaṃhatyā nīlāṃśukajālikayeva niruddhārdhavadanā nīlīrāganihitanīlimnā śikhidyotamānā bakulaphalānukāriṇībhistisṛbhirmuktābhiḥ kalpitena bālikāyugalenādhomukhenālokajalavarṣiṇā siñcantīvātikomale bhujalate dakṣiṇakarṇāvataṃsitayā ketakīgarbhapalāśalekhayā rajanikarajihvālatayeva lāvaṇyalobhena lihyamānakapolatalā tamālaśyāmalena mṛgamadāmodaniṣyandinā tilakabindunā mudritamiva manobhavasarvasvaṃ vadanamudvahantī lalāṭalāsakasya sīmantacumbinaścaṭulātilakamaṇerudañcatā caṭulenāṃśujāleneva raktāṃśukeneva kṛtaśiro'vaguṇṭhanā pṛṣṭhapreṅkhadanādarasaṃyamanaśithilajūṭikābandhā nīlacāmarāvacūlinīva cūḍāmaṇimakarikāsanāthā makaraketupatākā kuladevateva candramasaḥ punaḥsaṃjīvanauṣadhiriva puṣpadhanuṣaḥ veleva rāgasāgarasya jyotsneva yauvanacandrodayasya mahānadīva ratirasāmṛtasya kusumodgatiriva suratataroḥ bālavidyeva vaidagdhyasya kaumudīva kānteḥ dhṛtiriva dhairyasya guruśāleva gauravasya bījabhūmiriva vinayasya goṣṭhīva guṇānāṃ manasviteva mahānubhāvatāyāḥ tṛptiriva tāruṇyasya kuvalayadaladāmadīrghalocanayā pāṭalādharayā kundakuḍmalasphuṭadaśanayā śirīṣamālāsukumārabhujayugalayā kamalakomalakarayā bakulasurabhiniḥśvasitayā campakāvadātadehayā kusumamayyeva tāmbūlakaraṇḍavāhinyā mālatī samadṛśyata //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 3, 5.2 tulyā bhavaddarśanasampad eṣā vṛṣṭer
divo vītabalāhakāyāḥ //
Kir, 3, 58.2 kavacaṃ ca saratnam udvahañjvalitajyotir ivāntaraṃ
divaḥ //
Kir, 5, 14.1 grahavimānagaṇān abhito
divaṃ jvalayatauṣadhijena kṛśānunā /
Kir, 5, 28.2 asmin ratiśramanudaś ca sarojavātāḥ smartuṃ diśanti na
divaḥ surasundarībhyaḥ //
Kir, 6, 15.2 prahitaṃ
divi prajavibhiḥ śvasitaiḥ śaradabhravibhramam apāṃ paṭalam //
Kir, 6, 22.1 manasā japaiḥ praṇatibhiḥ prayataḥ samupeyivān adhipatiṃ sa
divaḥ /
Kir, 7, 20.1 māhendraṃ nagam abhitaḥ kareṇuvaryāḥ paryantasthitajaladā
divaḥ patantaḥ /
Kir, 9, 2.2 dyaur uvāha parivṛttivilolāṃ hārayaṣṭim iva vāsaralakṣmīm //
Kir, 9, 20.1 dyāṃ nirundhad atinīlaghanābhaṃ dhvāntam udyatakareṇa purastāt /
Kir, 14, 53.1 divaḥ pṛthivyāḥ kakubhāṃ nu maṇḍalāt patanti bimbād uta tigmatejasaḥ /
Kir, 16, 35.1 dyaur unnanāmeva diśaḥ praseduḥ sphuṭaṃ visasre savitur mayūkhaiḥ /
Kir, 16, 43.1 pratighnatībhiḥ kṛtamīlitāni
dyulokabhājām api locanāni /
Kir, 16, 57.2 vrajadbhir ārdrendhanavat parikṣayaṃ jalair vitene
divi dhūmasaṃtatiḥ //
Kir, 16, 62.2 vikasadamaladhāmnāṃ prāpa nīlotpalānāṃ śriyam adhikaviśuddhāṃ vahnidāhād iva
dyauḥ //
Kir, 18, 17.1 siṣicur avanim ambuvāhāḥ śanaiḥ surakusumam iyāya citraṃ
divaḥ /
Kir, 18, 18.2 rociṣṇuratnāvalibhir vimānair
dyaur ācitā tārakiteva reje //
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 4, 20.2 caturaiḥ surakāminījanaiḥ priya yāvan na vilobhyase
divi //
KumSaṃ, 5, 37.1 vikīrṇasaptarṣibaliprahāsibhis tathā na gāṅgaiḥ salilair
divaś cyutaiḥ /
KumSaṃ, 5, 45.1 divaṃ yadi prārthayase vṛthā śramaḥ pituḥ pradeśās tava devabhūmayaḥ /
KumSaṃ, 5, 48.2 śaśāṅkalekhām iva paśyato
divā sacetasaḥ kasya mano na dūyate //
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
KāvyAl, 2, 63.2 vicitrabarhābharaṇāśca barhiṇo babhur
divīvāmalavigrahā grahāḥ //
KāvyAl, 3, 43.1 kimayaṃ śaśī na sa
divā virājate kusumāyudho na dhanurasya kausumam /
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 42, 1.2 pṛcchāmyahaṃ vasumānauṣadaśviryadyasti loko
divi mahyaṃ narendra /
MPur, 42, 2.3 lokās tāvanto
divi saṃsthitā vai te tvāṃ bhavantaṃ pratipālayanti //
MPur, 42, 6.3 yadyantarikṣe yadi vā
divi śritāḥ kṣetrajñaṃ tvāṃ tasya dharmasya manye //
MPur, 42, 7.3 tenānantā
divi lokāḥ sthitā vai vidyudrūpāḥ svanavanto mahāntaḥ //
MPur, 42, 25.1 satyena me
dyauśca vasuṃdharā ca tathaivāgnirjvalate mānuṣeṣu /
MPur, 55, 33.2 api narakagatānpitṝn aśeṣānapi
divamānayatīha yaḥ karoti //
MPur, 58, 55.2 sa yāti rudrālayamāśu pūtaḥ
kalpānanekāndivi modate ca //
MPur, 92, 34.2 śṛṇoti bhaktyātha matiṃ dadāti vikalmaṣaḥ so'pi
divaṃ prayāti //
MPur, 95, 35.2 gaṇādhipatyaṃ
divi kalpakoṭiśatānyuṣitvā padameti śambhoḥ //
MPur, 97, 20.2 so'pi śakrabhuvanasthito'maraiḥ pūjyate vasati cākṣayaṃ
divi //
MPur, 135, 82.1 mayasya śrutvā
divi tārakākhyo vaco 'bhikāṅkṣankṣatajopamākṣaḥ /
MPur, 154, 9.2 vyaktaṃ devā janmanaḥ śāśvatasya
dyauste mūrdhā locane candrasūryau //
Meghadūta
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 32.2 svalpībhūte sucaritaphale svargiṇāṃ gāṃ gatānāṃ śeṣaiḥ puṇyair hṛtam iva
divaḥ kāntimat khaṇḍam ekam //
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 12, 18.0 taducyate kāryakaraṇaviśuddhilakṣaṇāḥ tatra kāryaviśuddhis tāvad yadaitad devaśarīraṃ jvalantaṃ bhāsā dīpyantaṃ
divi bhuvyantarikṣe ca rukmadaṇḍavad ucchritamātmānaṃ paśyati tadā divi aṇimā laghimā mahimā iti trayaḥ kāryaguṇā bhavanti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 12, 18.0 taducyate kāryakaraṇaviśuddhilakṣaṇāḥ tatra kāryaviśuddhis tāvad yadaitad devaśarīraṃ jvalantaṃ bhāsā dīpyantaṃ divi bhuvyantarikṣe ca rukmadaṇḍavad ucchritamātmānaṃ paśyati tadā
divi aṇimā laghimā mahimā iti trayaḥ kāryaguṇā bhavanti //
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 7.2, 51.0 athāyatanasaṃdhinaṃ deśaṃ
divā parigṛhītasthāvarādidoṣavarjitatvena suparīkṣitaṃ saṃdhyāvasāne vastrāntādimṛdupavitreṇa vivecya bhasmanaiva śuciṃ kuryāt //
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sūryasiddhānta
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 4, 4, 100.1 ityevamādi atibalaparākramavikramaṇair atiduṣṭasaṃhāriṇo 'śeṣasya jagato niṣpāditasthitayo rāmalakṣmaṇabharataśatrughnāḥ punar api
divam ārūḍhāḥ //
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
AbhCint, 2, 11.2 grahābjinīgodyupatirvikartano hariḥ śucīnau gaganāhajādhvagau //
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 10, 84.2 duryodhano 'tha nipapāta
divaṃ vilokya vajrāvapātahatapakṣa ivādrirājaḥ //
Garuḍapurāṇa
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 3, 142.8 sāraso brūte deva na vaktavyam evaṃ duḥsahaṃ vacaḥ yāvac candrārkau
divi tiṣṭhatas tāvad vijayatāṃ devaḥ /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 5, 3, 289.1 ityuktvā racitāñjalau ca vadati prāptābhyanujñe tatastasminn utpatite mṛgāṅkamahasi
dyāṃ śaktivege kṣaṇāt /
Mukundamālā
MukMā, 1, 7.1 divi vā bhuvi vā mamāstu vāso narake vā narakāntake prakāmam /
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 10.2, 9.0 vātaviṇmūtrasaṃginām ekāṅgavikāram pūrvapakṣamāśaṅkā mūkā upasargādayo vedotpattim diviti rasasya śabdasaṃtānavattīkṣṇāgnīnāṃ iti //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Cik., 29, 12.32, 27.0 sukṛtiphalabhoktṛtvaṃ śayīteti sukṛtiphalabhoktṛtvaṃ
tena ādhidaivikāḥ darśayannāha divā ityamuṃ sraṣṭetyādi ityamuṃ sraṣṭetyādi svāpaniṣedhaḥ //
Rasaratnākara
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rājanighaṇṭu
Skandapurāṇa
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 203.1 tasyāṃ
divi sudīptātmā niṣkampo 'calamūrtimān /
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 3, 26.2 udgāyatīnām aravindalocanaṃ vrajāṅganānāṃ
divam aspṛśad dhvaniḥ /
HBhVil, 4, 234.1 gopīcandanasambhavaṃ suruciraṃ puṇḍraṃ lalāṭe dvijo nityaṃ dhārayate yadi dvijapate rātrau
divā sarvadā /
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 101.0 divi dhā imaṃ yajñam imaṃ yajñaṃ divi dhā itīme vai lokā diśaś ca gharme 'pitvam aicchanta //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 101.0 divi dhā imaṃ yajñam imaṃ yajñaṃ
divi dhā itīme vai lokā diśaś ca gharme 'pitvam aicchanta //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 102.0 yad āha
divi dhā divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha pṛthivīṃ gaccha pañca pradiśo gacchetīmān eva lokān diśaś ca gharme tarpayati //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 102.0 yad āha divi dhā
divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha pṛthivīṃ gaccha pañca pradiśo gacchetīmān eva lokān diśaś ca gharme tarpayati //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 3, 7.0 yā te gharma
divi śug yā jāgate chandasi yā saptadaśe stome yā havirdhāne tān ta etad avayaje tasyai svāhety amuṣyā evainam etaj jāgatācchandasas saptadaśāt stomāddhavirdhānāc ca rudraṃ niravadayate //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 13.0 atho ny evāsmai hnuvate 'bhiprayānti
divas tvā paraspām antarikṣasya tanvam pāhi pṛthivyās tvā dharmaṇā vayam anukrāmāma suvitāya navyasa iti //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Rasasaṃketakalikā
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 2, 55.1 bhaumaṃ nihatya sagaṇaṃ
divi devamātur dātuṃ tadīyamaṇikuṇḍalam ādidevaḥ /
SātT, 2, 72.1 yogeśvaro
divi divaspatiśakramitro yogād ameyavapuṣā sa vitānatulyaḥ /
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 6, 4.0 ṣaṇ morvīr aṃhasaḥ pāntu
dyauś ca pṛthivī cāhaś ca rātriś cāpaś cauṣadhayaścetyavasṛjya //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 11, 1.1 upahūtaṃ bṛhat saha
divā saha sūryeṇa saha cakṣuṣā upa māṃ bṛhat saha divā saha sūryeṇa saha cakṣuṣā hvayatām /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 11, 1.1 upahūtaṃ bṛhat saha divā saha sūryeṇa saha cakṣuṣā upa māṃ bṛhat saha
divā saha sūryeṇa saha cakṣuṣā hvayatām /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 13, 4.0 tāṃ sasanuṣīṃ hotrāṃ devaṃgamāṃ
divi deveṣu yajñam erayemaṃ sviṣṭakṛccāgne hotā bhūr vasuvane vasudheyasya namovāke vīhīty anuyājayājyāḥ //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 14, 5.0 vṛṣṭidyāvā rītyāpā śambhuvau mayobhuvā ūrjasvatī payasvatī sūpacaraṇā ca svadhicaraṇā ca tayor āvidīty avasāya //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 12, 2.0 divi viṣṇur vyakraṃsta jāgatena chandasā tam aham anu vyakraṃsi tato nirbhaktaḥ sa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity abhyuddhṛtya dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ hīnataraṃ savyam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 12, 10.0 svayambhūr asi śreṣṭho raśmir āyurdā asyāyur me dehi varcodā asi varco me dehi tanūpā asi tanvaṃ me pāhīdam aham ābhyo digbhyo 'syai
divo 'smād antarikṣād asmād annādyād asyai pratiṣṭhāyai dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyaṃ nirbhajāmi nirbhakto dviṣan bhrātṛvya ity ādityam upasthāya //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 13, 5.0 dyāvā naḥ pṛthivī imaṃ tayor id ghṛtavad yame iveti dakṣiṇasyottaraṃ vartmopaniśrito 'nusaṃyan //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 14, 19.0 dakṣiṇe havirdhāne rājani sanna uttarato dakṣiṇā tiṣṭhan śyeno na yoniṃ gaṇānāṃ tvā
astabhnāddyām //